WO2023118524A1 - Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a modified polysaccharide - Google Patents

Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a modified polysaccharide Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023118524A1
WO2023118524A1 PCT/EP2022/087640 EP2022087640W WO2023118524A1 WO 2023118524 A1 WO2023118524 A1 WO 2023118524A1 EP 2022087640 W EP2022087640 W EP 2022087640W WO 2023118524 A1 WO2023118524 A1 WO 2023118524A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
linear
group
carbon atoms
alkyl
preferentially
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2022/087640
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Angelina Roudot
Julien PORTAL
Franck COTOT
Original Assignee
L'oreal
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by L'oreal filed Critical L'oreal
Publication of WO2023118524A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023118524A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/84—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions otherwise than those involving only carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/85—Polyesters
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/73—Polysaccharides
    • A61K8/732—Starch; Amylose; Amylopectin; Derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61Q—SPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q1/00—Make-up preparations; Body powders; Preparations for removing make-up
    • A61Q1/02—Preparations containing skin colorants, e.g. pigments
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61Q—SPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q1/00—Make-up preparations; Body powders; Preparations for removing make-up
    • A61Q1/02—Preparations containing skin colorants, e.g. pigments
    • A61Q1/04—Preparations containing skin colorants, e.g. pigments for lips
    • A61Q1/06—Lipsticks
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61Q—SPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q1/00—Make-up preparations; Body powders; Preparations for removing make-up
    • A61Q1/02—Preparations containing skin colorants, e.g. pigments
    • A61Q1/10—Preparations containing skin colorants, e.g. pigments for eyes, e.g. eyeliner, mascara
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2800/00—Properties of cosmetic compositions or active ingredients thereof or formulation aids used therein and process related aspects
    • A61K2800/80—Process related aspects concerning the preparation of the cosmetic composition or the storage or application thereof
    • A61K2800/85—Products or compounds obtained by fermentation, e.g. yoghurt, beer, wine

Definitions

  • Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a modified polysaccharide
  • the present invention relates to a cosmetic composition
  • a cosmetic composition comprising a) at least one polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) copolymer bearing (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based groups, b) at least one modified polysaccharide, c) optionally at least one fatty substance, and d) optionally at least one organic solvent other than c), and also to a process for treating keratin materials using such a composition.
  • PHA polyhydroxyalkanoate
  • FR-A-2964663 describes a cosmetic composition comprising pigments coated with a C3- C21 polyhydroxyalkanoate, such as poly(hydroxybutyrate-co-hydroxyvalerate).
  • WO 2011/154508 describes a cosmetic composition
  • a cosmetic composition comprising a 4-carboxy-2- pyrrolidinone ester derivative and a film-forming polymer which may be a polyhydroxyalkanoate, such as polyhydroxybutyrate, polyhydroxyvalerate and polyhydroxybutyrate-co-polyhydroxyvalerate.
  • US-A-2015/274972 describes a cosmetic composition
  • a cosmetic composition comprising a thermoplastic resin, such as a polyhydroxyalkanoate, in aqueous dispersion and a silicone elastomer.
  • the majority of the polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymers are polymers derived from the polycondensation of polymeric repeating units that are for the most part identical and derived from the same carbon source or substrate. These documents do not describe the cosmetic use of copolymers derived from polycondensation using an aliphatic substrate or first carbon source, and at least one second substrate different from the first, comprising one or more (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based groups with modified polysaccharides. There is thus a need for a composition comprising polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymers which are lipophilic or soluble in a fatty phase. This makes it possible to obtain a film on keratin materials which has good cosmetic properties, notably good resistance to oils and to sebum, and also to be able to modify the gloss or the mattness.
  • composition C1 shows good stability, notably after storage for one month at room temperature (25°C).
  • Composition C1 notably after its application to keratin materials, makes it possible to obtain a film having good cosmetic properties, good persistence of the colour without running, and also a matt or glossy appearance of the treated keratin materials.
  • the deposit obtained when the deposit is coloured, the deposit obtained must also have good resistance to humidity so as to avoid transfer of colour, for example onto clothing, which is in itself problematic and which makes the deposit very unsightly.
  • compositions C1 described hereinbelow these compositions making it possible to significantly improve the resistance to rubbing of polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) copolymer(s).
  • PHA polyhydroxyalkanoate
  • the compositions C1 according to the invention make it possible to obtain, after deposition, a film on keratin materials which has good cosmetic properties, notably good resistance to oils and to sebum, and good water resistance, good adhesion, good resistance to rubbing, and also to be able to modify the gloss or the mattness.
  • the main subject of the present invention is a composition C1 , preferably a cosmetic composition, comprising: a) one or more polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) copolymers comprising at least two different repeating polymer units chosen from the units (A) and (B) below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
  • PHA polyhydroxyalkanoate
  • R 1 represents a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched, non-cyclic hydrocarbon-based chain, or a saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon-based chain, comprising from 5 to 28 carbon atoms; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based chain is chosen from i) linear or branched (C5-C28) alkyl, ii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkenyl, iii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkynyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group is linear; said hydrocarbon-based chain being:
  • R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, P) heterocycloalkyl such as sugar, preferably monosaccharide such as glucose, y)
  • R 2 represents a cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based group comprising from 3 to 30 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R 1 ; in particular chosen from linear or branched (C3-C2s)alkyl and linear or branched (C3-C2s)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbon-based group, more particularly (C4-C2o)alkyl or (C4- C2o)alkenyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R 1 from which at least one carbon atom is subtracted, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R 1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted; and b) one or more modified polysaccharides; and
  • composition C1 contains ingredients c) and d).
  • composition C1 comprising a) one or more PHA copolymers as defined previously, b) one or moremodified polysaccharides, optionally c) one or more fatty substances as defined previously, d) optionally one or more organic solvents other than c), and e) optionally water; preferably, composition C1 contains the ingredients c) and d).
  • Another subject of the invention is a process for treating keratin materials, preferably a) keratin fibres, notably human keratin fibres such as the hair, or P) human skin, in particular the lips, using a) one or more PHA copolymers as defined previously, b) one or more modified polysaccharides, optionally c) one or more fatty substances as defined previously, optionally d) one or more organic solvents other than c) and optionally e) water; preferably using the ingredients a), b), c) and d).
  • keratin materials preferably a) keratin fibres, notably human keratin fibres such as the hair, or P) human skin, in particular the lips, using a) one or more PHA copolymers as defined previously, b) one or more modified polysaccharides, optionally c) one or more fatty substances as defined previously, optionally d) one or more organic solvents other than c) and optionally e) water;
  • a subject of the invention is a non-therapeutic cosmetic process for treating keratin materials, comprising the application to the keratin materials of a composition C1 as defined previously.
  • the treatment process is in particular a process for caring for or making up keratin materials.
  • the term “cosmetic active agent’ means the radical of an organic or organosilicon compound which can be integrated into a cosmetic composition to give an effect on keratin materials, whether this effect is immediate or provided by repeated applications.
  • cosmetic active agents mention may be made of coloured or uncoloured, fluorescent or non-fluorescent chromophores such as those derived from optical brighteners, or chromophores derived from UVA and/or UVB screening agents, anti-ageing active agents or active agents intended for providing a benefit to the skin such as active agents having action on the barrier function, deodorant active agents other than mineral particles, antiperspirant active agents other than mineral particles, desquamating active agents, antioxidant active agents, moisturizing active agents, sebum-regulating active agents, active agents intended for limiting the sheen of the skin, active agents intended for combating the effects of pollution, antimicrobial or bactericidal active agents, antidandruff active agents, and fragrances.
  • anti-ageing active agents or active agents intended for providing a benefit to the skin such as active agents having action on the barrier function, deodorant active agents other than mineral particles, antiperspirant active agents other than mineral particles, desquamating active agents, antioxidant active agents, moisturizing active agents, sebum-regulating active
  • (hetero) aryl means aryl or heteroaryl groups
  • (hetero)cycloalkyl means cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups
  • the “aryk or “heteroaryl” radicals or the aryl or heteroaryl part of a radical may be substituted with at least one substituent borne by a carbon atom, chosen from:
  • a halogen atom such as chlorine, fluorine or bromine
  • an acylamino radical (-NR-COR’) in which the radical R is a hydrogen atom;
  • a C1-C4 alkyl radical and the radical R’ is a C1-C4 alkyl radical; a carbamoyl radical ((R)2N-CO-) in which the radicals R, which may be identical or different, represent a hydrogen atom or a C1-C4 alkyl radical;
  • an alkylsulfonylamino radical (R’SCh-NR-) in which the radical R represents a hydrogen atom or a C1-C4 alkyl radical and the radical R’ represents a C1-C4 alkyl radical, or a phenyl radical;
  • an aminosulfonyl radical ((R)2N-S(O)2-) in which the radicals R, which may be identical or different, represent a hydrogen atom or a C1-C4 alkyl radical;
  • a polyhalo(Ci-C4)alkyl group preferentially trifluoromethyl (CF3); the cyclic or heterocyclic part of a non-aromatic radical may be substituted with at least one substituent borne by a carbon atom, chosen from the groups:
  • alkylcarbonylamino (RCO-NR’-), in which the radical R’ is a hydrogen atom or a Ci- 04 alkyl radical and the radical R is a C1-C2 alkyl radical or an amino radical substituted with one or two identical or different C1-C4 alkyl groups;
  • alkylcarbonyloxy (RCO-O-), in which the radical R is a C1-C4 alkyl radical or an amino radical substituted with one or two identical or different C1-C4 alkyl groups;
  • alkoxycarbonyl in which the radical R is a C1-C4 alkyl radical or an amino radical substituted with one or two identical or different C1-C4 alkyl groups; a cyclic or heterocyclic radical, or a non-aromatic part of an aryl or heteroaryl radical, may also be substituted with one or more oxo groups; a hydrocarbon-based chain is unsaturated when it includes one or more double bonds and/or one or more triple bonds; an “aryk radical represents a monocyclic or fused or non-fused polycyclic hydrocarbonbased group comprising from 6 to 22 carbon atoms, and at least one ring of which is aromatic; preferentially, the aryl radical is a phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, anthracenyl or tetrahydronaphthyl; a “heteroaryl” radical represents a monocyclic or fused or non-fused poly
  • Sugar radicals that may be mentioned include: sucrose, glucose, galactose, ribose, fucose, maltose, fructose, mannose, arabinose, xylose, lactose;
  • the term “polysaccharide” refers to a polysaccharide sugar which is a polymer constituted of several saccharides bonded together via O-oside bonds, said polymers being constituted of monosaccharide units as defined previously, said monosaccharide units comprising at least 5
  • Ri and/or R 2 represent a hydrogen atom, or a (Ci-C4)alkylcarbonyl group such as acetyl, and more preferentially Ri represents a hydrogen atom and R 2 represents a (Ci-C4)alkylcarbonyl group such as acetyl;
  • organic or mineral acid salt more particularly means organic or mineral acid salts in particular chosen from a salt derived from i) hydrochloric acid HCI, ii) hydrobromic acid HBr, iii) sulfuric acid H2SO4, iv) alkylsulfonic acids: Alk-S(O)2OH such as methanesulfonic acid and ethanesulfonic acid; v) arylsulfonic acids: Ar-S(O) 2 OH such as benzenesulfonic acid and toluenesulfonic acid; vi) alkoxysulfinic acids: Alk-O- S(O)OH such as me
  • the chromophore is coloured, i.e. it absorbs wavelengths in the visible range, i.e. preferably between 400 and 800 nm.
  • the chromophores appear coloured to the eye, particularly between 400 and 700 nm (Ullmann’s Encyclopedia, 2005, Wiley-VcH, Verlag “Dyes, General Survey”, ⁇ 2.1 Basic Principle of Color);
  • fluorescent chromophore means a chromophore which is also capable of reemitting in the visible range at an emission wavelength A em of between 400 and 800 nm, and higher than the absorption wavelength, preferably with a Stoke’s shift, i.e.
  • fluorescent chromophores are derived from fluorescent dyes that are capable of absorbing in the visible range A a b S , i.e. at a wavelength of between 400 and 800 nm, and of re-emitting in the visible range at a A em of between 400 and 800 nm.
  • fluorescent chromophores are capable of absorbing at a A a bs of between 420 and 550 nm and of re-emitting in the visible range A em of between 470 and 600 nm;
  • optical brightening chromophore means a chromophore derived from an optical brightening compound or “optical brighteners, optical brightening agents (OBAs)” or “fluorescent brightening agents (FBAs)” or “fluorescent whitening agents (FWAs)’’, i.e. agents which absorb UV radiation, i.e.
  • UV-A screening agenf means a chromophore derived from a compound which screens out (or absorbs) UV-A ultraviolet rays at a wavelength of between 320 and 400 nm.
  • UV-B screening agenf means a chromophore derived from a compound which screens out (or absorbs) UV-B ultraviolet rays at a wavelength of between 280 and 320 nm.
  • Composition C1 of the invention comprises as first ingredient a) one or more PHA copolymers which contain, or preferably consist of, at least two different repeating polymer units chosen from the units (A) and (B) as defined previously.
  • Composition C1 of the invention which is preferably a cosmetic composition, comprises: a) one or more polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) copolymers which contain, and preferably consist of, at least two different repeating polymer units chosen from the units (A) and (B) below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
  • PHA polyhydroxyalkanoate
  • R 1 represents a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched, non-cyclic hydrocarbon-based chain, or a saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon-based chain, comprising from 5 to 28 carbon atoms; particularly a hydrocarbon-based chain chosen from i) linear or branched (Cs-C 2 8)alkyl, ii) linear or branched (Cs-C 2 8)alkenyl, iii) linear or branched (Cs-C 2 8)alkynyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group is linear; said hydrocarbon-based chain being:
  • R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, P) heterocycloalkyl such as sugar, preferably monosaccharide such as glucose, y) (he
  • R 2 represents a cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based group comprising from 3 to 30 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R 1 ; in particular chosen from linear or branched (C3-C2s)alkyl and linear or branched (C3-C2s)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbon-based group, more particularly (C4-C2o)alkyl or (C4- C2o)alkenyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R 1 from which at least one carbon atom is subtracted, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R 1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted; and b) one or more modified polysaccharides; and
  • composition C1 contains c) one or more fatty substances and/or e) water, more preferentially c). More particularly c) and d).
  • composition C1 contains ingredients c) and d) and e).
  • co-polymer means that said polymer is derived from the polycondensation of polymeric repeating units that are different from each other, i.e. said polymer is derived from the polycondensation of polymeric repeating units (A) that are different from each other, or from the polycondensation of polymeric repeating units (A) with (B), it being understood that the polymeric units (A) are different from the polymeric units (B), it being possible for said copolymer to be obtained from a single saturated or unsaturated aliphatic carbon source which is optionally substituted and/or interrupted, preferably unsubstituted and uninterrupted, or from several carbon sources, in particular at least one of which is an uninterrupted unsubstituted saturated aliphatic and the other carbon source(s) are saturated or unsaturated aliphatic, optionally substituted notably with a halogen atom such as bromine, or with a cyano group, a Bunte salt, a dithiolane radical, a carboxy
  • the copolymer according to the invention is derived from a single carbon source, preferably a single saturated or unsaturated aliphatic carbon source which is optionally substituted and/or interrupted, preferably unsubstituted and uninterrupted.
  • the copolymer according to the invention is derived from several carbon sources, preferably from 2 to 10 carbon sources, more preferentially 2 to 5 carbon sources and even more preferentially 2 carbon sources. According to one embodiment, the copolymer according to the invention is derived from several carbon sources and at least one is saturated aliphatic. According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) consist of two different repeating polymer units chosen from the units (A) and (B) as defined previously.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) comprise, preferably consist of, two different repeating polymer units chosen from the units (A) as defined previously, the units (B) such that R 2 represents a cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based group comprising from 3 to 30 carbon atoms; in particular chosen from linear or branched (C3-C2s)alkyl and linear or branched (C3-C2s)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbon-based group, more particularly (C4-C2o)alkyl or (C4-C2o)alkenyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R 1 from which at least one carbon atom is subtracted, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R 1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) according to the invention comprise the repeating unit of formula (I), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates: in which formula (I):
  • R 1 and R 2 are as defined previously;
  • m and n are integers greater than or equal to 1 ; preferably, the sum n + m is inclusively between 450 and 1400; preferably, m > n when R 1 and R 2 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group - more preferentially, when R 1 and R 2 are linear alkyl, then R 1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R 2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R 1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted such as a C3-C11 alkyl group; and preferably, m ⁇ n when R 1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl group, an optionally substituted and/or interrupted alkenyl group or an optionally substituted and/or interrupted alkynyl group, and R 2 represents an alkyl group.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) of composition a) contain three different repeating polymer units (A), (B) and (C), and preferably consist of three different polymer units (A), (B) and (C) below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
  • R 3 represents a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrocarbon-based group comprising from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R 1 ; in particular represents a hydrocarbon-based group chosen from linear or branched (Ci-C 2 s)alkyl, and linear or branched (C 2 -C 2 s)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbon-based group, more particularly (C4-C 2 o)alkenyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms in the radical R 1 , or else corresponding to the number of carbon atoms in the radical R 1 minus at least three carbon atoms, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms in the radical R 1 minus four carbon atoms
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group
  • the molar percentage of units (A) is greater than the molar percentage of units (B)
  • the molar percentage of units (B) is greater than the molar percentage of units (C) - more preferentially, when R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are linear alkyl, then R 1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R 2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R 1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted, and R 3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R 1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted; and
  • R 1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group
  • the molar percentage of units (A) is less than the molar percentage of units (B)
  • the molar percentage of units (C) is less than the molar percentage of units (B) notably if R 2 represents an alkyl group and/or R 3 represents an alkyl group.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) comprise the repeating unit of formula (II), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates: in which formula (II):
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are as defined previously;
  • n and p are integers greater than or equal to 1 ; preferably, the sum n + m + p is inclusively between 450 and 1400; and
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group - more preferentially, when R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are linear alkyl, then R 1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R 2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R 1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted such as a C3-C11 alkyl group, and R 3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R 1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted such as a C1-C9 alkyl group; and
  • R 1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl group, an optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl group or an optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, and R 2 and R 3 represent an alkyl group.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) of composition a) contain four different repeating polymer units (A), (B), (C) and (D), and preferably consist of four different polymer units (A), (B), (C) and (D), below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
  • R 4 represents a cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated hydrocarbonbased group comprising from 3 to 30 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R 1 ; it in particular represents a hydrocarbon-based group chosen from linear or branched (C4-C2s)alkyl optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R 1 ; and it being understood that:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group
  • the molar percentage of units (A) is greater than the molar percentage of units (B), greater than the molar percentage of units (C), and greater than the molar percentage of units (D) - more preferentially, when R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are linear alkyl, then R 1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group
  • R 2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R 1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted such as a C3-C11 alkyl group
  • R 3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R 1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted such as a C1-C9 alkyl group
  • R 4 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R 1 from which six carbon atoms are
  • R 1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group
  • the molar percentage of units (A) is less than the molar percentage of units (B)
  • the molar percentage of units (C) is less than the molar percentage of units (B)
  • R 2 represents an alkyl group and/or R 3 represents an alkyl group
  • R 4 represents an optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) comprise the repeating unit of formula (III), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined previously;
  • n + m + p + v is inclusively between 450 and 1400;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group, then m > n + p + q - more preferentially, when R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are linear alkyl, then R 1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R 2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R 1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted, R 3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R 1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted, and R 4 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R 1 from which six carbon atoms are subtracted; and
  • R 1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group
  • R 2 and R 3 represent an alkyl group
  • R 4 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, then n > m + v; more preferentially n + p > m + v.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) of composition a) more particularly contain five different repeating polymer units (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E), and preferably consist of five different polymer units (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E), below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and also the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
  • - R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined previously; and - R 5 represents a cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated hydrocarbonbased group comprising from 3 to 30 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R 1 ; it in particular represents a hydrocarbon-based group chosen from linear or branched (C4-C2s)alkyl optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R 1 ; preferably, the hydrocarbonbased group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R 4 from which at least one carbon atom is subtracted, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R 4 from which at least two carbon atoms are
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group
  • the molar percentage of units (A) is greater than the molar percentage of units (B), greater than the molar percentage of units (C), greater than the molar percentage of units (D) and greater than the molar percentage of units (E) - more preferentially, when R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are linear alkyl, then R 1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group
  • R 2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R 1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted
  • R 3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R 1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted
  • R 4 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R 1 from which six carbon atoms are subtracted
  • R 5 represents
  • R 1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group
  • the molar percentage of units (A) is less than the molar percentage of units (B)
  • the molar percentage of units (C) is less than the molar percentage of units (B) notably if R 2 represents an alkyl group and/or R 3 represents an alkyl group
  • R 4 and R 5 represent a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) comprise the repeating unit of formula (IV), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates: in which formula (IV):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined previously;
  • n, p, v and z are integers greater than or equal to 1 ; preferably, the sum n + m + p + v + z is inclusively between 450 and 1400; and
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group, then m > n + p + v + z;
  • R 1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl; optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl; or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group
  • R 2 and R 3 represent an alkyl group
  • the groups R 4 and R 5 represent a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl; optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl; or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, then n > m + v + z; more preferentially n + p > m + v + z.
  • R 1 represents a linear or branched, preferably linear, (Cs-C28)alkyl hydrocarbonbased chain.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) are such that the radical R 1 is an alkyl group comprising 5 to 14 and preferably between 6 and 12 carbon atoms, more preferentially between 7 and 10 carbon atoms such as n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl or n-nonyl.
  • the hydrocarbon-based chain R 1 is unsubstituted. According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the hydrocarbonbased chain R 1 is uninterrupted.
  • the hydrocarbon-based chain of the radical R 1 of the invention is 1) either substituted, 2) or interrupted, 3) or substituted and interrupted.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R 1 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain, notably an alkyl group as defined previously, which is interrupted with one or more (preferably one) atoms or groups chosen from O, S, N(R a ) and carbonyl, or combinations thereof such as ester, amide or urea, with R a being as defined previously, preferably R a represents a hydrogen atom; preferably, R 1 represents an alkyl group which is interrupted with one or more atoms chosen from O and S, more preferentially with an O or S, notably S, atom.
  • R 1 is C7-C20, more particularly Cs-Cis and even more particularly C9-C16.
  • said interrupted hydrocarbon-based chain, notably alkyl is linear.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R 1 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain, notably an alkyl group as defined previously, substituted with one or more (preferably one) atoms or groups chosen from: a) to k) as defined previously.
  • R 1 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain, notably an alkyl group as defined previously, substituted with one or more (preferably one) atoms or groups chosen from: a) to k) as defined previously.
  • said hydrocarbon-based chain is substituted with only one atom or group chosen from: a) to k) as defined previously.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R 1 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain, notably an alkyl group as defined previously, which is substituted with one or more (preferably one) groups chosen from a) halogen such as chlorine or bromine, b) hydroxyl, c) thiol, d) (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino and preferably amino, e) carboxyl, i) (hetero)cycloalkyl such as anhydride, dithiolane or epoxide, j) a cosmetic active agent chosen from coloured or uncoloured, fluorescent or non-fluorescent chromophores such as optical brighteners, UV-screening agents, h) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl or furyl, k) R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, P) heterocycloalkyl such as
  • said substituted hydrocarbon-based chain notably alkyl, is branched.
  • the hydrocarbon-based chain of the radical R 1 of the invention is substituted and interrupted.
  • the hydrocarbon-based chain (notably an alkyl group as defined previously) of the radical R 1 of the invention is:
  • a cosmetic active agent chosen from coloured or uncoloured, fluorescent or non- fluorescent chromophores such as optical brighteners, UV-screening agents, h) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl or furyl, k) R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, ) heterocycloalkyl such as a sugar, preferably a monosaccharide such as glucose, y) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl, 5) a cosmetic active agent as defined previously and X
  • R a represents a hydrogen atom; preferably an alkyl group which is interrupted with one or more atoms chosen from O and S, more preferentially with an O or S, notably S, atom.
  • R 1 is C7-C20, more particularly Cs-Cis and even more particularly C9-C16.
  • the hydrocarbon-based chain (notably an alkyl group as defined previously) of the radical R 1 of the invention is:
  • R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, P) heterocycloalkyl such as a sugar, preferably a monosaccharide such as glucose, y) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl, and X representing a’) O, S or N(R a ), preferably S; R a representing a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group, preferably R a represents a hydrogen atom; and
  • R a represents a hydrogen atom; preferably an alkyl group which is interrupted with one or more atoms chosen from O and S, more preferentially with an O or S, notably S, atom.
  • R 1 is C7-C20, more particularly Cs-Cis and even more particularly C9-C16.
  • said substituted and interrupted hydrocarbon-based chain is notably alkyl, and is preferably linear.
  • said hydrocarbon-based chain R 1 has the following formula -(CH 2 )r-X-(ALK) u -G with X being as defined previously, in particular representing O, S or N(R a ), preferably S,
  • ALK represents a linear or branched, preferably linear, (Ci-Cw)alkylene and more particularly (Ci-Cs)alkylene chain
  • r represents an integer inclusively between 6 and 11 , preferably between 7 and 10 such as 8
  • u is equal to 0 or 1
  • G represents a hydrogen atom or a group chosen from hydroxyl, carboxyl, (di)(Ci- C4)(alkyl)amino, (hetero)aryl in particular aryl such as phenyl, cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, or a sugar, in particular a monosaccharide optionally protected with one or more groups such as acyl, preferably Sug.
  • (Ci-C4)alkyl group such as methyl; preferably, when u is equal to 0, G represents a cycloalkyl group such as cyclohexyl, or a sugar as defined previously; according to another advantageous variant, when u is equal to 1 , G represents a hydrogen atom or a group chosen from hydroxyl, carboxyl, (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino or (hetero)aryl, in particular aryl such as phenyl.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R 1 represents (Cs-C28)alkyl substituted with one or more halogen atoms such as fluorine, chlorine or bromine, more particularly linear (C4-C20) alkyl, even more particularly (Cs-Ci3)alkyl, substituted with a halogen atom such as bromine.
  • the halogen atom is substituted at the end of said alkyl group. More preferentially, R 1 represents 1-halo-5-yl such as 1-bromo-5-yl.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R 1 represents a (Cs-C28)alkyl group substituted with one or more groups chosen from g) cyano, and more particularly represents a (C3-Ci3)alkyl group, which is preferably linear, substituted with a cyano group g), such as 1-cyano-3-propyl.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R 1 represents vii) a (hetero)aryl(Ci-C2)alkyl and more particularly aryl(Ci- C2)alkyl group, preferably phenylethyl.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R 1 represents a (Cs-C28)alkyl group substituted with one or more groups chosen from c) (hetero)cycloalkyl. More particularly, R 1 represents a (Cs-Ci3)alkyl group, which is preferably linear, substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group such as epoxide or dithiolane, preferably epoxide.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R 2 is chosen from linear or branched (C1- C2s)alkyl, and linear or branched (C2-C2s)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbonbased group, more particularly (C3-C2o)alkyl or (C3-C2o)alkenyl, preferably linear or branched, and more particularly linear, (C3-C2o)alkyl.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R 2 is chosen from linear or branched (C1- C2s)alkyl, and linear or branched (C2-C2s)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbonbased group, more particularly (C3-C2o)alkyl or (C3-C2o)alkenyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R 1 from which at least one carbon atom is subtracted, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R 1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) are such that the radical R 2 is a linear or branched, preferably linear, (C3-Cs)alkyl, in particular (C3-Ce)alkyl, preferably (C4-Ce)alkyl group such as n-pentyl or n-hexyl.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) comprise a branched (C3-Cs)alkyl, particularly (C4-Ce)alkyl radical R 2 , preferably a branched (C4-Cs)alkyl radical such as isobutyl.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) comprise units (A) bearing an alkyl radical R 1 comprising between 8 and 16 carbon atoms substituted with one or more (preferably one) groups chosen from hydroxyl, (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino, carboxyl, and R-X- as defined previously, preferably R-S- with R representing a cycloalkyl group such as cyclohexyl, heterocycloalkyl such as a sugar, more preferentially a monosaccharide such as glucose, optionally substituted aryl(Ci-C4)alkyl such as (Ci-C4)(alkyl)benzyl or phenylethyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C4)alkyl such as furylmethyl.
  • R 1 alkyl radical
  • R 1 comprising between 8 and 16 carbon atoms substituted with one or more (preferably one) groups chosen from hydroxyl, (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino
  • the copolymer(s) comprise units (B) bearing a linear or branched, preferably linear, (Ci- Cs)alkyl, particularly (C 2 -C6)alkyl, preferably (C4-Cs)alkyl radical R 2 such as pentyl.
  • the unit (A) comprises a hydrocarbon-based chain as defined previously, in particular ii), said unit (A) preferably being present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.1 % to 99%, more preferentially a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 50%, even more preferentially a molar percentage ranging from 1% to 40%, better still a molar percentage ranging from 2% to 30%, or a molar percentage ranging from 5% to 20%.
  • the unit (A) is preferably present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 99%.
  • the unit (A) when R 1 represents a (Cs-C 2 8)alkyl group, the unit (A) is preferably present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 99%, more preferentially from 50% to 99%, more particularly from 60% to 99% and even more preferentially from 70% to 99%.
  • the unit (B) is preferably present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 40%, more preferentially from 2% to 40%; and the unit (C) is preferably present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 20% relative to all the units (A), (B) and (C).
  • R 1 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain chosen from i) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkyl, ii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkenyl, iii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkynyl
  • the hydrocarbon-based group is linear, said hydrocarbon-based chain being substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R 1 ; it in particular represents a hydrocarbon-based group chosen from linear or branched (C4- C2s)alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined previously
  • the unit (A) is preferably present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.1% to 99%, more preferably from 0.5% to
  • the PHA copolymer(s) of the invention comprise from 2 mol% to 70 mol% of units (B) and from 0.5 mol% to 10 mol% of units (C); more advantageously, the copolymer comprises from 5 mol% to 70 mol% of units (B), and from 0.5 mol% to 7 mol% of units (C).
  • the PHA copolymer(s) are such that, in the PHA copolymer(s) a):
  • the unit (A) comprises a hydrocarbon-based chain with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined previously, said unit (A) being present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.1% to 99%, preferentially a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 50%, more preferentially a molar percentage ranging from 1 % to 40%, even more preferentially a molar percentage ranging from 2% to 30% of units (A); and
  • the unit (B) is present in a molar percentage ranging from 1% to 40%, preferentially a molar percentage from 2% to 40%, more preferentially a molar percentage from 5% to 30% of units (B); and/or
  • the unit (C) is present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 20%, preferentially a molar percentage from 1% to 10%, more preferentially from 0.5 mol% to 7 mol% of units (C).
  • R 1 of the unit (A) is a saturated unsubstituted and uninterrupted hydrocarbon-based chain
  • said unit (A) is present in a molar percentage of greater than 30%, more particularly greater than 50%, more preferentially greater than 60%, preferably between 60% and 90%.
  • the values of the molar percentages of the units (A), (B) and (C) of the PHA copolymer(s) are calculated relative to the total number of moles of (A) + (B) if the copolymer(s) do not comprise any additional units (C); otherwise, if the copolymer(s) of the invention contain three different units (A), (B) and (C), then the molar percentage is calculated relative to the total number of moles (A) + (B) + (C); otherwise, if the copolymer(s) of the invention contain four different units (A), (B), (C) and (D), then the molar percentage is calculated relative to the total number of moles (A) + (B) + (C) + (D); otherwise, if the copolymer(s) of the invention contain five different units (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E), then the molar percentage is calculated relative to the total number of moles (A) + (B) + (C) + (D
  • the unit(s) (A) of the PHA copolymer(s) of the invention are chosen from the following repeating units (A), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
  • - ALKi represents a divalent linear or branched C1-C20, preferably linear or branched, more preferentially linear, C1-C10, hydrocarbon-based radical;
  • - ALK2 represents a divalent linear or branched C1-C20, preferably linear or branched Ci-
  • Rr and Rw independently denote a hydrogen atom or a C1-C4 alkyl radical such as methyl; preferably, Rr and Rw are identical;
  • - Hal represents a halogen atom such as bromine
  • - Ar represents a (hetero)aryl group such as phenyl
  • Cycl represents a cycloalkyl group such as cyclohexyl or heterocycloalkyl such as dithiolane, or epoxide, preferably epoxide;
  • - Fur represents a furyl group, preferably 2-furyl
  • - Sug represents a sugar group, in particular a monosaccharide optionally protected with one or more groups such as acyl, in particular acetyl.
  • the stereochemistry of the carbon atoms bearing the radicals R 1 is of (R) configuration.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) of the invention comprise the repeating units (B) of formula (A12), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates, it being understood that (B) is different from (A).
  • the PHA copolymer(s) of the invention comprise the following repeating units, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates: m and n are as defined previously, Hal represents a halogen atom such as bromine and t represents an integer between 1 and 10, preferably between 3 and 8 such as 6.
  • Ar represents a (hetero)aryl group such as phenyl
  • Ar’ represents a (Ci-C4)alkyl(hetero)aryl group such as t-butylphenyl, preferably 4-t- butylphenyl;
  • Cycl represents a cyclohexyl group
  • Fur represents a furyl group, preferably 2-furyl
  • Sug represents a sugar group, in particular a monosaccharide optionally protected with one or more groups such as acyl; preferably, Sug represents: representing a group R f -C(O)-, with R f representing a (C1-C4) alkyl group such as methyl.
  • R f represents a group R f -C(O)-, with R f representing a (C1-C4) alkyl group such as methyl.
  • the stereochemistry of the carbon atoms bearing the radicals R 1 and R 2 is of the same (R) or (S) configuration, preferably of (R) configuration.
  • stereochemistry of the carbon atoms bearing the radicals R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is of the same (R) or (S) configuration, preferably of (R) configuration. More particularly, the stereochemistry of the carbon atoms bearing the radicals R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 is of the same (R) or (S) configuration, preferably of (R) configuration.
  • stereochemistry of the carbon atoms bearing the radicals R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 is of the same (R) or (S) configuration, preferably of (R) configuration.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) have the following formula, and also the optical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates: m, n, Hal, t, Ar, Ar’, Cycl, Fur and Sug are as defined previously for compounds (1) to (14).
  • the PHA(s) of the invention are chosen from compounds (15), (16) and (17), in particular (16).
  • the PHA(s) of the invention are chosen from compounds (15’), (16’) and (17’), in particular (16’).
  • the PHA a) of the invention is compound (23’).
  • the PHA(s) a) of the invention are chosen from compounds (25), (26), (31) and (32), in particular (26).
  • the PHA polymer(s) a) are chosen from the polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) copolymers of examples 1 , 11 , 12, 21 and 25 as described thereafter; more preferentially from examples 1 d , 1 T, 12, 21 and 25 as described thereafter.
  • PHA polyhydroxyalkanoate
  • the PHA copolymer(s) of the invention preferably have a number-average molecular weight ranging from 50 000 to 150 000.
  • the molecular weight may notably be measured by size exclusion chromatography. A method is described below in the examples.
  • the PHA copolymer(s) are present in composition C1 according to the invention in a content ranging from 0.1% to 65% by weight; more preferably from 0.1 % to 60 % by weight, preferentially from 1 % to 50% by weight; more preferentially from 3 % to 40 % by weight, even more preferentially from 5 % to 35 % by weight, better from 10 % to 30 %, and even better from 15 % to 20 % by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the composition preferably cosmetic, comprises: a) one or more polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) copolymers comprising, preferably consisting in, several repeating polymer units chosen from the units (A) below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
  • PHA polyhydroxyalkanoate
  • R 1 represents a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched, non-cyclic hydrocarbon-based chain, or a saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or nonaromatic cyclic hydrocarbon-based chain, comprising from 5 to 28 carbon atoms; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based chain is chosen from i) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkyl, ii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkenyl, iii) linear or branched (Cs- C2s)alkynyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group is linear; said hydrocarbon-based chain being: o optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups chosen from: a) halogen such as chlorine or bromine, b) hydroxyl, c) thiol, d) (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino, e) (th io) carboxy, f) (thio)carboxamide -C(O)
  • the term “functionalizable” means that the PHA copolymer(s) comprise a hydrocarbonbased chain comprising one or more atoms or groups that are capable of reacting chemically with another reagent - also referred to as “reactive atoms or reactive groups” - to give a Z covalent bond with said reagent.
  • the reagent is, for example, a compound comprising at least one nucleophilic group and said functionalized hydrocarbon-based chain comprises at least one electrophilic or nucleofugal atom or group, the nucleophilic group(s) reacting with the electrophilic group(s) to covalently graft Z the reagent.
  • the nucleophilic reagent may also react with one or more unsaturations of the alkenyl group(s) to also lead to grafting by covalent bonding of the functionalized hydrocarbonbased chain with said reagent.
  • the addition reaction may also be radical-based, an addition of Markovnikov or anti-Markovnikov type, or nucleophilic or electrophilic substitution.
  • the addition or condensation reactions may or may not take place via a radical route, with or without the use of catalysts or of enzymes, with heating preferably to a temperature less than or equal to 100°C or without supplying heat, under a pressure of greater than 1 atm or otherwise, under an inert atmosphere or otherwise, or under oxygen or otherwise.
  • nucleophilic refers to any atom or group which is electron-donating by an inductive effect +l and/or a mesomeric effect +M. Electron-donating groups that may be mentioned include hydroxyl, thiol and amino groups.
  • electrophilic refers to any atom or group which is electron-withdrawing by an inductive effect -I and/or a mesomeric effect -M.
  • the microorganisms producing PHAs of the invention notably bearing a hydrocarbonbased chain may be naturally produced by the bacterial kingdom, such as Cyanobacteria of the order of Nostocales (e.g.: Nostoc muscorum, Synechocystis and Synechococcus) but mainly by the Proteobacteria, for example in the class of: -beta-Proteobacteria, of the order Burkholderiales (Cupriavidus negator synonym Ralstonia eutropha)
  • Nostocales e.g.: Nostoc muscorum, Synechocystis and Synechococcus
  • Proteobacteria for example in the class of: -beta-Proteobacteria, of the order Burkholderiales (Cupriavidus negator synonym Ralstonia eutropha)
  • Rhodobacter capsulatus marine and photosynthetic of the order Rhodobacteriales (Rhodobacter capsulatus marine and photosynthetic)
  • the genera Azotobacter, Hydrogenomomas or Chromatium are the most representative of the PHA-producing organisms.
  • the organisms which naturally produce PHAs bearing notably a C3-C5 hydrocarbon-based chain are notably Proteobacteria, such as gamma-Proteobacteria, and more particularly of the order Pseudomonales of the family Pseudomonas such as Pseudomonas resinovorans, Pseudomonas putida, Pseudomonas fluorescens, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas citronellol is, Pseudomonas mendocina, Pseudomonas chlororaphis and preferably Pseudomonas putida and in particular Pseudomonas putida GPo1 and Pseudomonas putida KT2440.
  • Proteobacteria such as gamma-Proteobacteria
  • Certain organisms may also naturally produce PHAs without belonging to the order of Pseudomonales, such as Commamonas testosteroni which belongs to the class of beta- Proteobacteria of the order Burkholderiales of the family of Comamonadaceae.
  • the microorganism producing PHAs according to the invention may also be a recombinant strain if a 3-oxidation PHA synthase metabolic pathway is present.
  • the 3-oxidation PHA synthase metabolic pathway is mainly represented by four classes of enzymes, EC: 2.3.1 B2, EC: 2.3.1 B3, EC: 2.3.1 B4 and EC: 2.3.1 B5.
  • the recombinant strain may be from the Bacteria kingdom, for instance Escherichia coli, or from the Plantae kingdom, for instance Chlorella pyrenoidosa (International Journal of Biological Macromolecules, 116, 552-562 “Influence of nitrogen on growth, biomass composition, production, and properties of polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHAs) by microalgae”) or from the Fungi kingdom, for instance Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Yarrowia lipolytica: Applied Microbiology and Biotechnology 91 , 1327-1340 (2011) “Engineering polyhydroxyalkanoate content and monomer composition in the oleaginous yeast Yarrowia lipolytica by modifying the p-oxidation multifunctional protein”).
  • PHAs polyhydroxyalkanoates
  • Use may also be made of genetically modified microorganisms, which may make it possible, for example, to increase the production of PHA, and/or to increase the oxygen consumption capacity, and/or to reduce the autolysis and/or to modify the monomer ratio. It is known that, for PHAs, a large portion of the total production cost is devoted to the culture medium and mainly to the substrate/carbon source. Use may thus be made of genetically modified microorganisms using a smaller amount of nutrient (carbon source) for their growth, for example microorganisms that are photo-autotrophic by nature, i.e. using light and CO2 as main energy source.
  • the copolymer may be obtained in a known manner by biosynthesis, for example with the microorganisms belonging to the genus Pseudomonas, such as Pseudomonas resinovorans, Pseudomomonas putida, Pseudomonas fluorescens, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas citronellol is, Pseudomonas mendocina, Pseudomonas chlororaphis and preferably Pseudomonas putida', and with a carbon source which may be a C2-C20, preferably Ce-Cis, carboxylic acid, such as acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, hexanoic acid, heptanoic acid, octanoic acid, nonanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, or an alkenoic acid such as undecylenic
  • the biosynthesis may optionally be performed in the presence of an inhibitor of the p- oxidation pathway, such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, propionic acid, cinnamic acid, salicylic acid, pentenoic acid, 2-butynoic acid, 2-octynoic acid or phenylpropionic acid, and preferably acrylic acid.
  • an inhibitor of the p- oxidation pathway such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, propionic acid, cinnamic acid, salicylic acid, pentenoic acid, 2-butynoic acid, 2-octynoic acid or phenylpropionic acid, and preferably acrylic acid.
  • the process for preparing the PHAs of the invention uses microbial cells which produce PHAs via genetically modified microorganisms (GMOs).
  • GMOs genetically modified microorganisms
  • the genetic modification may increase the production of PHA, increase the oxygen absorption capacity, increase the resistance to the toxicity of solvents, reduce the autolysis, modify the ratio of the PHA comonomers, and/or any combination thereof.
  • the modification of the comonomer ratio of the unit (A) increases the amount of predominant monomer versus (B) of the PHA of the invention which is obtained.
  • the PHA-producing microbial cells reproduce naturally.
  • a genetically modified microbial strain producing PHA that is functionalizable or comprising a reactive group that may be mentioned is Pseudomonas entomophila LAC23 (Biomacromolecules. 2014 Jun 9;15(6):2310-9. doi: 10.1021/bm500669s).
  • Nutrients such as water-soluble salts based on nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur, magnesium, sodium, potassium and iron, may also be used for the biosynthesis.
  • the appropriate known conditions of temperature, pH and dissolved oxygen (OD) can be used for the culturing of the microorganisms.
  • the microorganisms may be cultured according to any known method of culturing, such as in a bioreactor in continuous or batch mode, in fed or unfed mode.
  • the microbial strains producing PHA which is functionalizable or comprising a reactive group, as defined previously, are, for example, of the genus Pseudomonas such as P. cichorii YN2, P. citronellolis, P. jessenii, and more generally with species of Pseudomonas putida such as Pseudomonas putida GPo1 (synonym of Pseudomonas oleovorans), P. putida KT2442, P. putida KT2440, P. putida KCTC 2407 and P. putida BM01 , and in particular P. putida KT2440.
  • Pseudomonas such as P. cichorii YN2, P. citronellolis, P. jessenii
  • species of Pseudomonas putida such as Pseudomonas puti
  • One means for gaining access to the PHAs of the invention is to introduce one or more organic compounds into the culture medium, this or these organic compounds representing one or more carbon sources preferably chosen from alkanes, alkenes, alcohols, carboxylic acids and a mixture thereof.
  • the organic compound(s) will preferably be chosen from alcohols, carboxylic acids and a mixture thereof.
  • the carbon source(s) may be classified in two categories:
  • the organic compound(s) are chosen from alcohols, in particular (Cs-C2o)alkanols, and/or carboxylic acids, in particular optionally substituted and/or interrupted (Cs-C2o)alkanoic acids, notably (Cs-C2o)alkanoic acids such as (C7-Cn)alkanoic acids, for instance nonanoic acid or pelargonic acid and/or (Cs-C2o)alkenoic acids, notably (Cs-C2o)alkenoic acids such as (C7-Cn)alkenoic acids, for instance undecylenic acid, and mixtures thereof.
  • alcohols in particular (Cs-C2o)alkanols
  • carboxylic acids in particular optionally substituted and/or interrupted (Cs-C2o)alkanoic acids, notably (Cs-C2o)alkanoic acids such as (C7-Cn)alkanoic acids, for instance nonanoic acid or pelarg
  • the carbon source(s) may be classified into three groups according to their intended use:
  • the organic compound may aid the growth of the productive strain and aids the production of PHA structural linked to the organic compound.
  • the organic compound may aid the growth of the strain but does not participate in the production of PHA structurally linked to the organic compound.
  • the integration of the substrate that is structurally linked to the reactive atom(s) or to the reactive group(s) of the PHA(s) of the invention is introduced directly into the medium as sole carbon source in a medium suitable for microbial growth.
  • group A for P. putida GPoT. alkenoic acid, notably terminal group A for P. putida GPoT. alkenoic acid, notably terminal.
  • the integration of the substrate that is structurally linked to the reactive atom(s), notably halogen, or to the reactive group(s) of the PHA(s) of the invention is introduced into the medium as carbon source with a second carbon source as co-substrate which is also structurally linked to the PHA, in a medium suitable for microbial growth.
  • the integration of the substrate that is structurally linked to the reactive atom(s), notably halogen, or to the reactive group(s) of the PHA(s) of the invention may be introduced directly into the medium as carbon source with a second carbon source as co-substrate which is also structurally linked to the PHA(s) and a third carbon source as co-substrate which is not structurally linked to the PHA(s), in a medium suitable for microbial growth.
  • group C glucose or sucrose group C glucose or sucrose
  • the p-oxidation pathway inhibitor is acrylic acid, 2-butynoic acid, 2- octynoic acid, phenylpropionic acid, propionic acid, trans-cinnamic acid, salicylic acid, methacrylic acid, 4-pentenoic acid or 3-mercaptopropionic acid, preferably acrylic acid.
  • the functionalized fatty acid is a functionalized hexanoic acid, functionalized heptanoic acid, functionalized octanoic acid, functionalized nonanoic acid, functionalized decanoic acid, functionalized undecanoic acid, functionalized dodecanoic acid or functionalized tetradecanoic acid.
  • the functionalization may be introduced by means of an organic compound chosen from precursors of the alcohol and/or carboxylic acid category, notably: for functionalization of the PHA(s) with a branched alkyl group: see, for example, Applied and Environmental Microbiology, 60, No.
  • the fatty acid from group A is chosen from 11- undecenoic acid, 10-epoxyundecanoic acid, 5-phenylvaleric acid, citronellol and 5- cyanopentanoic acid.
  • the fatty acid from group A is chosen from halooctanoic acids such as 8-bromooctanoic acid.
  • the carbon source from group C is a monosaccharide, preferably glucose.
  • Another aspect of the invention is the use of the PHA-producing microbial strains in a medium that is suitable for microbial growth, said medium comprising: a substrate which is structurally linked to the PHA(s); at least one carbon source which is not structurally linked to the PHA(s); and at least one oxidation and notably p-oxidation pathway inhibitor.
  • the microbial cells synthesizing the PHA polymer(s) of the invention; preferably copolymer particularly containing more than 95% of identical units, which has a comonomer ratio of unit (A) and of unit (B) which differs from that obtained in the absence of the p-oxidation pathway inhibitor.
  • R 2 , m and n are as defined previously;
  • - Y represents a group chosen from Hal such as chlorine or bromine, hydroxyl, thiol, (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino, R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, P) heterocycloalkyl such as a sugar, preferably a monosaccharide such as glucose, y) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl; 5) a cosmetic active agent as defined previously; E) (Ci-C2o)alkyl, (C2-C2o)alkenyl, (C2-C2o)alkynyl; and X representing a’) O, S, N(R a ) or Si(Rb)(R c ) or e) linear or branched (Ci-C2o)alkyl, with R a , Rb and R c as defined previously; q’ represents an integer inclusively between 2 and 20, preferably between 3
  • reactions may be performed using double or triple unsaturations such as Michael or Diels-Alder additions, radical reactions, catalytic (notably with Pd or Ni) or non-catalytic hydrogenation reactions, halogenation reactions, notably with bromine, hydration reactions or oxidation reactions, which may or may not be controlled, and reactions on electrophiles as represented schematically below.
  • these unsaturations may be chemically modified: A) via addition reactions, such as radical additions, Michael additions, electrophilic additions, Diels-Alder, halogenation, hydration or hydrogenation reaction, and preferably hydrothiolation reaction with particles, chemical compounds or polymers.
  • addition reactions such as radical additions, Michael additions, electrophilic additions, Diels-Alder, halogenation, hydration or hydrogenation reaction, and preferably hydrothiolation reaction with particles, chemical compounds or polymers.
  • the hydrothiolation reactions may be performed in the presence of a thermal initiator, a redox initiator or a photochemical initiator and of an organic compound bearing a sulfhydryl group, notably chosen from: linear, branched, cyclic or aromatic alkanethiols including 1 to 14 carbon atoms, such as methane-, ethane-, propane-, pentane-, cyclopentane-, hexane-, cyclohexane-, heptane-, octane-, phenylethane-, 4-tert-butylphenylmethane- or 2- furanmethane-thiol, preferably hexane-, cyclohexane-, heptane-, octane-, phenylethane-, 4-tert-butylphenylmethane- or 2-furanmethane-thiol; organosiloxanes bearing
  • initiators examples include: tert-butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate, cumene perpivalate, tert-butyl peroxylaurate, benzoyl peroxide, lauroyl peroxide, octanoyl peroxide, di-tert-butyl peroxide, tert-butylcumyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, 2,2’-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2’-azobis(2-methylbutyronitrile), 2,2’-azobis(2,4- dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2’-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 1 , 1 -bis(tert- butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1 ,1-bis(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane, 1 ,4- bis(tert-butylperoxy)
  • oxidation reactions which may or may not be controlled, for example with permanganates of a concentrated or dilute alkaline agent, or ozonolysis, oxidation in the presence of a reducing agent, making it possible to obtain novel materials bearing hydroxyl, epoxide or carboxyl groups in the terminal position of the side chains.
  • the epoxide structure may be obtained via a conventional method known to those skilled in the art, whether via biotechnological processes or via chemical processes such as oxidation of unsaturation as mentioned previously.
  • the peroxide group(s) may react with carboxylic acids, maleic anhydrides, amines, alcohols, thiols or isocyanates, all these reagents including at least one linear or branched, cyclic or acyclic, saturated or unsaturated C1-C20 hydrocarbon-based chain, or borne by an oligomer or polymer, in particular amino (poly)saccharides such as compounds derived from chitosan and (poly)sil(ox)anes; 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane 3- (trimethoxysilyl)propylcarbamic acid, diethanolamine, or 3-mercapto-1- propanesulfonate of alkali metal or alka
  • Example of functionalization of PHA copolymers according to the invention starting from a PHA copolymer bearing a hydrocarbon-based chain containing a nucleofugal group according to Scheme 3 below: in which Scheme 3 Y, m, n, q’ and R 2 are as defined in Scheme 1.
  • M corresponds to an organic or inorganic nucleofugal group, which may be substituted with a nucleophilic group; preferably, said nucleophile is a heteroatom which is electron-donating via the +l and/or +M effect such as O, S or N.
  • the nucleofugal group M is chosen from halogen atoms such as Br, and mesylate, tosylate or triflate groups. This is a reaction known to those skilled in the art. Mention may be made, for example, of the following document: 10.1016/j.ijbiomac.2016.11 .118, International Journal of Biological
  • a first step i) the PHA copolymer bearing a side chain containing a cyano or nitrile group reacts with an organo-alkali metal or organomagnesium compound Y-MgHal, Y-Li or Y- Na, followed by hydrolysis to give the PHA copolymer bearing a side chain containing a group Y grafted with a ketone function.
  • the ketone function may be converted into a thio ketone by thionation, for example with S8 in the presence of amine, or with Lawesson’s reagent.
  • Said thio ketone after total reduction ii) (for example by Clemmensen reduction), leads to the PHA copolymer bearing a side chain containing a group Y grafted with an alkylene group.
  • said thio ketone may undergo a controlled reduction iii) with a conventional reducing agent to give the PHA copolymer bearing a side chain containing a group Y grafted with a hydroxyalkylene group.
  • the cyano group of the starting PHA copolymer can react with water after hydration v) to give the amide derivative, after hydrolysis iv) to the carboxyl derivative.
  • the cyano group of the starting PHA copolymer can also, after reduction vi), give the amine derivative or the ketone derivative.
  • PHA copolymers with a hydrocarbon-based chain bearing a nitrile function are prepared via conventional methods known to those skilled in the art. Mention may be made, for example, of the document: 10.1016/0378-1097(92)90311-B, FEMS Microbiology Letters, vol. 103, 2-4, 207-214 (1992).
  • Epoxidation of chain-end unsaturation and chain-end grafting of acid 10.14314/polimery.2017.317; Polimery, vol. 62, 4, 317-322 (2017);
  • X represents a reactive atom or group that is capable of reacting with an electrophilic
  • nucleophilic Nu atom or group to create a Z covalent bond if X’ is an electrophilic or nucleofugal group, then it can react with a reagent R’ 1 - Nu; if X’ is a nucleophilic group Nu, then it can react with R’ 1 - E to create a Z covalent bond.
  • Z covalent bonds or bonding group that may be generated are listed in the table below, from condensation of electrophiles with nucleophiles:
  • Carbodiimides Carboxylic acids N-acylureas Diazoalkanes Carboxylic acids Esters Epoxides Thiols Thioethers Haloacetamides Thiols Thioethers
  • composition of the invention comprises one or more modified polysaccharides.
  • the polysaccharide(s) are thickening polymers.
  • thickening polymer means a polymer which, when introduced at 1% by weight into an alcoholic or lipoalcoholic solution containing 50% ethanol, or into an oil chosen from liquid petroleum jelly, isopropyl myristate, octyldodecanol or cyclopentadimethylsiloxane, makes it possible to achieve a viscosity of at least 100 cps, preferably at least 500 cps, at 25°C and at a shear rate of 1 s' 1 . This viscosity can be measured using a cone/plate viscometer (Haake R600 Rheometer or the like).
  • the modified polysaccharide(s) are chosen from polysaccharides modified with at least one C6-C30, more preferentially C8-C20, even more preferentially C12-C20 and better still C14-C18 aliphatic hydrocarbon-based chain.
  • the polysaccharide(s) that are useful for the invention are cationic, nonionic, anionic or amphoteric polymers, preferably cationic, nonionic or anionic, better still nonionic, modified by the presence of at least one aliphatic, cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon-based chain, comprising from 2 to 30 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) f), g), h), i), j), I) as defined for R 1 of (A) and/or p) (di)alkylamino and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R 1 of (A).
  • polysaccharides are as defined previously, and in addition the saccharide units - [Cx(H2O) y )]w- or -[(CH2O)X]W- are optionally modified by substitution, oxidation, dehydration, and/or reduction.
  • saccharide units of the polysaccharide(s) that are useful for the invention mention may preferably be made of glucose; galactose; arabinose; rhamnose; mannose; xylose; fucose; anhydrogalactose; galacturonic acid; glucuronic acid; mannuronic acid; galactose sulfate; anhydrogalactose sulfate and fructose.
  • Mention may notably be made of modified polysaccharides of native gums such as those derived from tree or shrub exudates, algae, seeds or tubers, fungi, bacteria, animal organisms or plants, which have been modified by physical, chemical or enzymatic reactions.
  • native gums such as those derived from tree or shrub exudates, algae, seeds or tubers, fungi, bacteria, animal organisms or plants, which have been modified by physical, chemical or enzymatic reactions.
  • the native gums may be chosen from:
  • acacia gum branched polysaccharide of galactose, arabinose, rhamnose and glucuronic acid
  • - ghatti gum polymer derived from arabinose, galactose, mannose, xylose and glucuronic acid
  • karaya gum polymer derived from galacturonic acid, galactose, rhamnose and glucuronic acid
  • locust bean gum polymer of mannose and galactose
  • xanthan gum polymer of glucose, mannose acetate, mannose/pyruvic acid and glucuronic acid
  • dehydroxanthan gum polymer of glucose, mannose acetate, mannose/pyruvic acid and glucuronic acid
  • - gellan gum polymer of partially acylated glucose, rhamnose and glucuronic acid
  • the modified polysaccharides are derived from: i) acacia gum; ii) gum ghatti; iii) gum karaya; iv) gum tragacanth; v) agar; vi) alginates; vii) carrageenans and furcellerans; viii) guar gum; ix) locust bean gum; x) fenugreek gum; xi) tamarind gum xiii) xanthan gum or dehydroxanthan gum; xiv) gellan gum; xv) scleroglucan gum; xvi) cellulose; xvii) starch; xviii) inulin; and xix) pectin; preferably chosen from xvi), xvii) and xviii), more preferentially xvii).
  • the starch molecules xvii) used in the present invention may have as botanical origin cereals or tubers.
  • the starches are chosen, for example, from the starches of corn, rice, manioc, barley, potato, wheat, sorghum and pea.
  • the starches may be chemically or physically modified: notably by mean of one or more of the following reactions: pregelatinization, oxidation, crosslinking, esterification, etherification, amidation, heat treatments.
  • the modified polysaccharide(s) b) are nonionic.
  • These polymers may be chemically or physically modified.
  • a physical treatment that may notably be mentioned is temperature.
  • these chemical or physical treatments are applied to guar gums, locust bean gums, starches and celluloses.
  • the modifiable starch molecules that may be used to manufacture modified starches according to the present invention may have as botanical origin cereals or tubers.
  • the starches are chosen, for example, from the starches of corn, rice, manioc, barley, potato, wheat, sorghum and pea.
  • the starches may be modified chemically or physically: notably by one or more of the following reactions: pregelatinization, oxidation, crosslinking, esterification, etherification, amidation, heat treatments.
  • the starch molecules xvii) may be derived from any plant source of starch, notably such as corn, potato, oats, rice, tapioca, sorghum, barley or wheat, which have been modified to link at least one cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic, aliphatic hydrocarbon-based chain, comprising from 6 to 30 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) f), g), h), i), j), I) as defined for R 1 of (A) and/or p) (di)alkylamino and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R 1 of (A). Hydrolysates of the abovementioned starches may also be used.
  • the modified starch is preferably derived from potato starch.
  • the modified polysaccharides b) are polysaccharide ethers called alkyl polysaccharides, in which the alkyl radical comprises between 2 and 30, preferably between 2 and 10, more preferentially between 2 and 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl polysaccharides b) according to the invention are derived from cellulose or guar or mixtures thereof.
  • the modified polysaccharides b) are alkylcelluloses in which the linear or branched alkyl residue comprises between 1 and 10 carbon atoms, in particular between 2 and 6 carbon atoms, preferably between 2 and 3 carbon atoms.
  • Alkylcellulose is an alkyl ether of cellulose comprising a chain consisting of p- anhydroglucose units linked together by acetal bonds. Each anhydroglucose unit has three replaceable hydroxyl groups, some or all of which may react according to the following reaction:
  • the alkylcellulose is chosen from ethylcellulose and propylcellulose.
  • the alkylcellulose is ethylcellulose. It is an ethyl ether of cellulose.
  • the ethylcellulose polymers used in a composition C1 according to the invention are preferentially polymers having a degree of substitution with ethoxy groups ranging from 2.5 to 2.6 per anhydroglucose unit, in other words comprising a content of ethoxy groups ranging from 44% to 50%.
  • the modified polysaccharide of the invention is an ethylcellulose in powder form. It is, for example, sold under the trade names Ethocel Standard from Dow Chemicals, notably Ethocel Standard 7 FP Premium and Ethocel Standard 100 FP Premium. Other commercially available products, such as those sold by Ashland, Inc. under the names Aquaion Ethylcellulose type-K, type-N and type-T, preferably type-N, such as N7, N100, are particularly suitable for performing the invention.
  • the polysaccharide ethers are alkyl guars i.e. guar gums viii) modified by replacing the hydrogen of hydroxyl with a linear or branched alkyl group, comprising between 1 and 10 carbon atoms, in particular between 2 and 6 carbon atoms, preferably between 2 and 3 carbon atoms such as 2 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl guar polymer used in a composition C1 according to the invention is preferentially ethylguar.
  • Ethylguar is known under the INCI name: C1-C5 alkyl galactomannan.
  • Alkylated guar gums (with Ci-Ce alkyl group), including ethyl guar, are notably described in patent application EP 708114 and document RD9537807 (October 1995), along with their preparation process.
  • the modified polysaccharides b) are polysaccharide esters, in particular esters obtained by reaction between at least one polysaccharide such as dextrin with at least one saturated or unsaturated acid which is linear or branched and including from 2 to 30 carbon atoms, in particular from 10 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the modified polysaccharides of the invention are chosen from xvi) cellulose or derivatives thereof such as hydroxy(Ci-Cs)alkylcelluloses, xvii) starch and xviii) inulin; said polysaccharides xvi), xvii) and xviii) including at least one C8-C30 fatty chain, such as alkyls, arylalkyls, alkylaryls or mixtures thereof where the alkyl groups are linear or branched, preferably linear, C8-C30 alkyl groups and in particular:
  • the modified polysaccharide(s) are chosen from saccharide or polysaccharide monoalkyl or polyalkyl esters.
  • saccharide or polysaccharide monoalkyl or polyalkyl esters that are suitable for use in the invention, mention may be made of dextrin or inulin alkyl or polyalkyl esters.
  • It may notably be a monoester or polyester of dextrin (dextrin being derived from starch xvii) and of at least one fatty acid (such as R-C(O)-OH) and notably corresponding to formula (XVIII) below:
  • n is an integer greater than or equal to 2, preferably ranging from 3 to 200, notably ranging from 20 to 150, and in particular ranging from 25 to 50
  • Ri, R 2 and R 3 which may be identical or different, are chosen from hydrogen or an acyl group (R-C(O)-) in which the radical R is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based group containing from 7 to 29, in particular from 7 to 21 , notably from 11 to 19, more particularly from 13 to 17, or even 15, carbon atoms, it being understood that at least one of said radicals Ri, R 2 or R 3 is other than hydrogen.
  • Ri, R 2 and R 3 represent a hydrogen atom or an acyl group (R-C(O)-) in which R is a hydrocarbon-based radical as defined previously, with the proviso that at least two of said radicals Ri, R 2 or R 3 are other than hydrogen.
  • radicals Ri, R 2 and R 3 may represent an identical or different acyl group (R-C(O)), and the acyl groups are notably identical.
  • n described previously advantageously ranges from 25 to 50, and is notably equal to 38 in the general formula of the saccharide ester that may be used in the present invention.
  • radicals Ri, R 2 and/or R 3 which may be identical or different, represent an acyl group (R-C(O)), derived from a fatty carboxylic acid R-C(O)OH preferably chosen from caprylic, capric, lauric, myristic, palmitic, stearic, arachic, behenic, isobutyric, isovaleric, 2-ethylbutyric, ethylmethylacetic, isoheptanoic, 2-ethylhexanoic, isononanoic, isodecanoic, isotridecanoic, isomyristic, isopalmitic, isostearic, isoaracic, isohexanoic, decenoic, dodecenoic, tetradecenoic, myristoleic, hexadecenoic, palmitoleic, oleic, elaidic, asclepinic, gondoleic,
  • At least one dextrin palmitate is used as fatty acid ester of dextrin.
  • This ester may be used alone or as a mixture with other esters.
  • the fatty acid ester of dextrin has a degree of substitution of less than or equal to 2.5 based on a glucose unit, notably ranging from 1.5 to 2.5, preferably from 2 to 2.5.
  • the weight-average molecular weight of the dextrin ester may be in particular from 10 000 to 150 000, notably from 12 000 to 100 00 and even from 15 000 to 80 000.
  • the modified polysaccharide(s) b) of the invention are dextrin esters, are dextrin palmitates.
  • Dextrin esters in particular dextrin palmitates, are commercially available under the name Rheopearl KL2®, MKL2®, TL® or KL® from the company Chiba Flour.
  • the modified polysaccharide b) is a modified dextrin, preferably a dextrin ester, more particularly a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched Ci 2 -C 2 4 fatty acid ester of dextrin.
  • the dextrin ester is chosen from esters of saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C14-C24 fatty acids such as myristic acid, palmitic acid or a mixture thereof.
  • the dextrin ester is chosen from dextrin palmitate such as Rheopearl KL2® and Rheopearl TL2® sold by Chiba Flour, dextrin myristate such as the product sold under the reference Rheopearl MKL2® by Chiba Flour, dextrin palmitate/ethylhexanoate sold under the reference Rheopearl TT2®, dextrin palmitate/hexyldecanoate sold under the reference Rheopearl WX, or mixtures thereof.
  • dextrin palmitate such as Rheopearl KL2® and Rheopearl TL2® sold by Chiba Flour
  • dextrin myristate such as the product sold under the reference Rheopearl MKL2® by Chiba Flour
  • dextrin palmitate/ethylhexanoate sold under the reference Rheopearl TT2®
  • the modified polysaccharide b) is dextrin palmitate.
  • the modified polysaccharide is a modified inulin, preferably an inulin ester, more particularly an ester of inulin and of a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C12-C24 fatty acid.
  • the inulin ester is chosen from esters of saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C14-C24 fatty acids such as myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, preferably stearic acid, or a mixture thereof.
  • the inulin ester is a stearoyl inulin such as the references Rheopearl ISK2® and Rheopearl ISL2® sold by Chiba Flour or mixtures thereof.
  • the modified polysaccharide is a modified celulose, preferably a cellulose ester, more particularly an ester of cellulose and of a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C2-C24 acid.
  • the cellulose ester is chosen from esters of saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C2-C10 acids, preferably C2-C6 acids, notably C2-C4 acids, such as acetic acid, butyric acid or a mixture thereof.
  • the cellulose ester is a cellulose acetate butyrate such as the reference Eastman Cellulose Acetate Butyrate® sold by Eastman Chemical.
  • pullulan esters are polysaccharide consisting of maltotriose units.
  • the modified polysaccharides b) are polysaccharide esters.
  • polysaccharide esters means polysaccharides in which at least one of the hydroxyl radicals is esterified with an acid to form -O-C(O)-R or -C(O)-OR ester groups in which R denotes a saturated or unsaturated radical of 2 to 30 carbon atoms, notably 11 to 19 carbon atoms, preferably 12 to 17 carbon atoms such as 13 carbon atoms.
  • the polysaccharide ester is myristoyl pullulan.
  • the modified polysaccharide(s) b) of the invention are cationic.
  • these chemical or physical treatments to obtain at least one cationic group are applied to guar gums, locust bean gums, starches and celluloses.
  • the cationic groups may be of the primary, secondary, tertiary or quaternary amine type, preferably quaternary, and include a C6-C30 aliphatic chain.
  • the modified polysaccharide(s) b) are chosen from quaternized (poly)hydroxyethylcelluloses modified with groups containing at least one aliphatic (or fatty chain), such as alkyl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl groups containing at least 8 carbon atoms, or mixtures thereof.
  • the alkyl radicals borne by the quaternized celluloses or hydroxyethylcelluloses preferably include from 8 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl radicals preferably denote phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl or anthryl groups.
  • Examples of quaternized alkylhydroxyethylcelluloses bearing C8-C30 fatty chains are Quatrisoft LM 200®, Quatrisoft LM-X 529-18-A®, Quatrisoft LM-X 529-18-B® (C12 alkyl) and Quatrisoft LM-X 529-8® (Cis alkyl) sold by the company Dow Corning, Crodacel QM®, Crodacel QL® (C12 alkyl) and Crodacel QS® (C18 alkyl) sold by the company Croda and Softcat SL 100® sold by the company Dow Corning.
  • nonionic guar gums that may be used according to the invention may be modified with C1-C20 (poly)hydroxylalkylammonium groups, preferably Ci-Ce (poly)hydroxyalkyl groups; mention may notably be made, by way of example, of hydroxymethyltrimmonium, hydroxyethyltrimmonium, hydroxypropyltrimmonium and hydroxybutyltrimmonium halide groups, preferably hydroxypropyltrimonium halide, preferably chloride.
  • C1-C20 (poly)hydroxylalkylammonium groups preferably Ci-Ce (poly)hydroxyalkyl groups
  • Such cationic guar gums modified with hydroxyalkylammonium groups are sold, for example, by the company Solvay under the trade names Cationic Jaguar® C-14S Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride F, Jaguar® C-13S Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride F, Jaguar® C-17 Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride, Jaguar® Excel Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride, Jaguar® C-500 STD Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride, Jaguar® C-162 Hydroxypropyl Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride and Jaguar® Optima Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride.
  • the composition according to the invention comprises at least one modified polysaccharide chosen from (i) polysaccharide esters such as myristoyl pullulan, (ii) alkylcellulose such as ethylcellulose and propylcellulose, (iii) alkyl guar polymer such as ethylguar (INCI name: C1-C5 alkyl galactomannan), (iv) fatty acid ester of dextrin such as dextrin palmitate, and mixtures thereof.
  • polysaccharide esters such as myristoyl pullulan
  • alkylcellulose such as ethylcellulose and propylcellulose
  • alkyl guar polymer such as ethylguar (INCI name: C1-C5 alkyl galactomannan)
  • fatty acid ester of dextrin such as dextrin palmitate
  • the total amount of the modified polysaccharide(s) present in composition C1 according to the invention preferably ranges from 0.05% to 20% by weight, more preferentially from 0.1% to 15% by weight, even more preferably from 0.2% to 12% by weight, and according to a particularly preferred mode from 0.5% to 10% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the weight ratio between the total amount of PHA (active material) and the total amount of the modified polysaccharide(s) b), present in the composition according to the invention preferably ranges from 0.1 to 200, more preferentially from 0.2 to 100, and more preferentially from 0.5 to 40 such as 4. c)
  • the fatty substances preferably ranges from 0.1 to 200, more preferentially from 0.2 to 100, and more preferentially from 0.5 to 40 such as 4.
  • composition also comprises one or more fatty substances.
  • fatty substance means an organic compound that is insoluble in water at ordinary room temperature (25°C) and at atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg) (solubility of less than 5%, preferably 1% and even more preferentially 0.1%). They bear in their structure at least one hydrocarbon-based chain including at least 6 carbon atoms or a sequence of at least two siloxane groups.
  • the fatty substances are generally soluble in organic solvents under the same temperature and pressure conditions, for instance chloroform, ethanol, benzene, liquid petroleum jelly or decamethylcyclopentasiloxane.
  • the fatty substance(s) of the invention are of natural or synthetic origin, preferably natural, more preferentially of plant origin. They are different from fatty acids since salified fatty acids constitute soaps which are generally soluble in aqueous media.
  • the composition comprises one or more fatty substances that are not liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure.
  • the composition of the invention comprises one or more waxes.
  • wax means a lipophilic compound that is solid at room temperature (25°C), with a reversible solid/liquid change of state, having a melting point of greater than or equal to 30°C, which may be up to 200°C and notably up to 120°C.
  • the wax(es) that are suitable for use in the invention may have a melting point of greater than or equal to 45°C and in particular of greater than or equal to 55°C.
  • Composition C1 preferably comprises a content of wax(es) ranging from 0.5% to 30% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition, in particular from 1 % to 20% and more particularly from 2% to 15%.
  • the composition of the invention is solid, in particular anhydrous. It may then be in stick form; use will be made of polyethylene microwaxes in the form of crystallites with an aspect ratio at least equal to 2, and with a melting point ranging from 70 to 110°C and preferably from 70 to 100°C, so as to reduce or even eliminate the presence of strata in the solid composition.
  • These crystallites in needle form and notably the dimensions thereof may be characterized visually according to the following method.
  • the composition of the invention comprises one or more pasty compounds.
  • the term “pasty compound’ means a lipophilic fatty compound that undergoes a reversible solid/liquid change of state, having anisotropic crystal organization in the solid state, and including, at a temperature of 23°C, a liquid fraction and a solid fraction.
  • the composition contains one or more fatty substances c) which are hydrocarbon-based fatty substances that are liquid at 25°C and atmospheric pressure.
  • the hydrocarbon-based liquid fatty substance(s) are notably chosen from Ce-Ci6 hydrocarbons or hydrocarbons comprising more than 16 carbon atoms and up to 60 carbon atoms, preferably between C 6 and Ci6, and in particular alkanes, oils of animal origin, oils of plant origin, glycerides or fluoro oils of synthetic origin, fatty alcohols, fatty acid and/or fatty alcohol esters, and silicones.
  • the liquid fatty substance(s) are chosen from non-silicone oils.
  • the fatty alcohols, fatty esters and fatty acids more particularly contain one or more linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based groups comprising 6 to 60 carbon atoms, which are optionally substituted, in particular with one or more hydroxyl groups OH (in particular from 1 to 4 hydroxyl groups). If they are unsaturated, these compounds may comprise one to three unsaturations, preferably from one to three conjugated or unconjugated carbon-carbon double bonds.
  • Ce-Ci6 alkanes these compounds are linear or branched, and optionally cyclic; preferably, the fatty substance(s) c) of the invention are chosen from linear or branched Cs-Ci4, more preferentially C9-C13 and even more preferentially C9-C12 alkanes. Examples that may be mentioned include hexane, decane, undecane, dodecane, tridecane, and isoparaffins, for instance isohexadecane, isodecane or isododecane.
  • the linear or branched hydrocarbons containing more than 16 carbon atoms may be chosen from liquid paraffins, liquid petroleum jelly, polydecenes, and hydrogenated polyisobutene such as Parleam®.
  • oils which may be chosen from natural or synthetic, hydrocarbon-based oils, which are optionally fluorinated and optionally branched, alone or as a mixture.
  • the composition of the invention comprises one or more fatty substances which are one or more hydrocarbon-based oils.
  • the hydrocarbon-based oil(s) may be volatile or non-volatile.
  • the fatty substance(s) c) are linear or branched hydrocarbon-based oils, which are volatile, notably chosen from undecane, decane, dodecane, isododecane, tridecane, and a mixture of various volatile oils thereof preferably comprising isododecane in the mixture, or a mixture of undecane and tridecane.
  • the liquid fatty substance(s) c) are a mixture of a volatile hydrocarbon-based oil and a non-volatile hydrocarbon-based oil, the mixture of which preferentially comprises dodecane or isododecane as volatile oil.
  • the fatty substance(s) c) of the invention are a mixture of C9-C12 alkanes, preferably of natural origin, the chains of which comprise from 9 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably linear or branched C9-C12 alkanes.
  • This mixture is notably known under the INCI name C9-C12 Alkane, CAS 68608-12-8, Vegelight Silk® sold by BioSynthls.
  • This volatile biodegradable mixture of volatile oils is obtained from coconut oil (the viscosity is 0.9-1.1 cSt (40°C) and it has a flash point of 65°C).
  • composition C1 contains only oils that are liquid at 25°C and atmospheric pressure. According to another embodiment, composition C1 contains at least 80% of hydrocarbon-based oils that are liquid at 25°C and atmospheric pressure, which are preferably volatile, more preferentially chosen from isodecane, decane, Cetiol UT® and Vegelight Silk®.
  • composition C1 may comprise volatile and non-volatile oils, notably in a volatile oil/non-volatile oil ratio of greater than or equal to 4.
  • composition C1 contains from 0 to 10% of silicone oils, preferably from 0 to 5% of silicone oils.
  • Volatile silicone oils that may be mentioned include volatile linear or cyclic silicone oils, notably those with a viscosity of less than or equal to 8 centistokes (cSt) (8 x 1O' 6 m 2 /s), and notably containing from 2 to 10 silicon atoms and in particular from 2 to 7 silicon atoms, these silicones optionally including alkyl or alkoxy groups containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • volatile linear or cyclic silicone oils notably those with a viscosity of less than or equal to 8 centistokes (cSt) (8 x 1O' 6 m 2 /s), and notably containing from 2 to 10 silicon atoms and in particular from 2 to 7 silicon atoms, these silicones optionally including alkyl or alkoxy groups containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • volatile silicone oils that may be used in the invention, mention may notably be made of dimethicones with viscosities of 5 and 6 cSt, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, decamethylcyclopentasiloxane, dodecamethylcyclohexasiloxane, heptamethylhexyltrisiloxane, heptamethyloctyltrisiloxane, hexamethyldisiloxane, octamethyltrisiloxane, decamethyltetrasiloxane and dodecamethylpentasiloxane, and mixtures thereof.
  • nonvolatile silicone oils mention may be made of linear or cyclic nonvolatile polydimethylsiloxanes (PDMSs); polydimethylsiloxanes including alkyl, alkoxy and/or phenyl groups, which are pendent or at the end of a silicone chain, these groups containing from 2 to 24 carbon atoms; phenyl silicones, for instance phenyl trimethicones, phenyl dimethicones, phenyltrimethylsiloxydiphenylsiloxanes, diphenyl dimethicones, diphenylmethyldiphenyltrisiloxanes, 2-phenylethyl trimethylsiloxysilicates and pentaphenyl silicone oils.
  • PDMSs linear or cyclic nonvolatile polydimethylsiloxanes
  • phenyl silicones for instance phenyl trimethicones, phenyl dimethicones, phenyltrimethylsiloxydipheny
  • the hydrocarbon-based oil may be chosen from:
  • hydrocarbon-based oils containing from 8 to 14 carbon atoms and notably:
  • Cs-Ci4 alkanes for instance Cs-Ci4 isoalkanes of petroleum origin (also known as isoparaffins), for instance isododecane (also known as 2,2,4,4,6-pentamethylheptane), isodecane and, for example, the oils sold under the trade names Isopar or Permethyl,
  • short-chain esters such as ethyl acetate, methyl acetate, propyl acetate or n-butyl acetate,
  • oils of plant origin such as triglycerides consisting of fatty acid esters of glycerol, the fatty acids of which may have various chain lengths ranging from C4 to C24, these chains possibly being linear or branched, and saturated or unsaturated; these oils are notably heptanoic acid or octanoic acid triglycerides, or alternatively wheatgerm oil, sunflower oil, grapeseed oil, sesame seed oil, corn oil, apricot oil, castor oil, shea oil, avocado oil, olive oil, soybean oil, sweet almond oil, palm oil, rapeseed oil, cotton oil, hazelnut oil, macadamia oil, jojoba oil, alfalfa oil, poppy oil, pumpkin oil, marrow oil, blackcurrant oil, evening primrose oil, millet oil, barley oil, quinoa oil, rye oil, safflower oil, candlenut oil, passion flower oil, musk rose oil or coconut oil; shea
  • esters such as the oils of formula R 1 C(O)-O-R 2 in which R 1 represents a linear or branched fatty acid residue including from 1 to 40 carbon atoms and R 2 represents a, notably branched, hydrocarbon-based chain containing from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, on condition that R 1 + R 2 is greater than or equal to 10, for instance purcellin oil (cetostearyl octanoate), isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, C12 to C15 alkyl benzoates, hexyl laurate, isodecyl neopentanoate, isostearyl neopentanoate, diisopropyl adipate, isononyl isononanoate, 2- ethylhexyl palmitate, isostearyl isostearate, 2-hexyldecyl laurate, 2-octyldecyl palmitate, 2- octy
  • fatty alcohols that are liquid at room temperature, with a branched and/or unsaturated carbon-based chain containing from 12 to 26 carbon atoms, for instance octyldodecanol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, 2-hexyldecanol, 2-butyloctanol and 2- undecylpentadecanol;
  • carbonate oils which may be chosen from the carbonates of formula R8-O-CO-O-R9, with R8 and R9, which may be identical or different, representing a linear or branched C4 to C12 and preferentially Ce to C10 alkyl chain;
  • the carbonate oils may be dicaprylyl carbonate (or dioctyl carbonate), sold under the name Cetiol CC® by the company BASF, bis(2- ethylhexyl) carbonate, sold under the name Tegosoft DEC® by the company Evonik, dipropylheptyl carbonate (Cetiol 4 All from BASF), dibutyl carbonate, dineopentyl carbonate, dipentyl carbonate, dineoheptyl carbonate, diheptyl carbonate, diisononyl carbonate or dinonyl carbonate, and preferably dioctyl carbonate;
  • An ether hydrocarbon-based oil is an oil of formula R1OR2 in which R1 and R2 independently denote a linear, branched or cyclic C4-C24 alkyl group, preferably a C6-C18 alkyl group, and preferably a C8-C12 alkyl group. It may be preferable for R1 and R2 to be identical.
  • Linear alkyl groups that may be mentioned include a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, an undecyl group, a dodecyl group, a tridecyl group, a tetradecyl group, a pentadecyl group, a hexadecyl group, a heptadecyl group, an octadecyl group, a nonadecyl group, an eicosyl group, a behenyl group, a docosyl group, a tricosyl group and a tetracosyl group.
  • Branched alkyl groups that may be mentioned include a 1 -methylpropyl group, a 2-methylpropyl group, a t-butyl group, a 1 ,1 -dimethylpropyl group, a 3-methylhexyl group, a 5-methylhexyl group, an ethylhexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a 5-methyloctyl group, a 1 -ethylhexyl group, a 1-butylpentyl group, a 2-butyloctyl group, an isotridecyl group, a 2-pentylnonyl group, a 2-hexyldecyl group, an isostearyl group, a 2-heptylundecyl group, a 2-octyldodecyl group, a 1 ,3-dimethylbutyl group, a 1-(1-methylethyl)-2
  • Cyclic alkyl groups that may be mentioned include a cyclohexyl group, a 3- methylcyclohexyl group and a 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl group.
  • the ether oil is chosen from dicaprylyl ether, dicapryl ether, dilauryl ether, diisostearyl ether, dioctyl ether, nonyl phenyl ether, dodecyl dimethylbutyl ether, cetyl dimethylbutyl ether, cetyl isobutyl ether, and mixtures thereof.
  • dicaprylyl ether is chosen from dicaprylyl ether, dicapryl ether, dilauryl ether, diisostearyl ether, dioctyl ether, and mixtures thereof.
  • Dicaprylyl ether is most particularly suitable for use.
  • the composition of the invention may comprise a silicone oil. If silicone oil is in the composition of the invention, it is preferably in an amount which does not exceed 10% by weight relative to the weight of the composition, more particularly in an amount of less than 5% and more preferentially less than 2% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • composition comprises at least one hydrocarbon-based liquid fatty substance c) chosen from:
  • - plant oils formed by fatty acid esters of polyols in particular triglycerides, such as sunflower oil, sesame oil, rapeseed oil, macadamia oil, soybean oil, sweet almond oil, beauty-leaf oil, palm oil, grapeseed oil, corn oil, arara oil, cottonseed oil, apricot oil, avocado oil, jojoba oil, olive oil, coconut oil or cereal germ oil; - linear, branched or cyclic esters containing more than 6 carbon atoms, notably 6 to 30 carbon atoms; and notably isononyl isononanoate; and more particularly esters of formula R d -C(O)-O-R e in which R d represents a higher fatty acid residue including from 7 to 19 carbon atoms and R e represents a hydrocarbon-based chain including from 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as palmitates, adipates, myristates and benzoates, notably diisopropyl adipate
  • volatile or non-volatile linear, branched and/or cyclic alkanes such as optionally volatile Cs-Ceo isoparaffins, such as undecane, dodecane, isododecane, tridecane, Parleam (hydrogenated polyisobutene), isohexadecane, cyclohexane, or Isopars, and mixtures thereof; or alkanes resulting from the complete hydrogenation/reduction of mixtures of fatty acids derived from Cocos nucifera (coconut) oil, such as dodecane, the mixture of C9-C12 alkanes, the chains of which comprise from 9 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably linear or branched C9-C12 alkanes, in particular comprising dodecane, or else liquid paraffin, liquid petroleum jelly, or hydrogenated polyisobutylene;
  • Cs-Ceo isoparaffins such as undecane, dodecane, isododecan
  • aliphatic fatty monoalcohols containing 6 to 30 carbon atoms, the hydrocarbon-based chain not including any substitution groups, such as oleyl alcohol, decanol, dodecanol, octadecanol, octyldodecanol and linoleyl alcohol;
  • mixtures thereof such as mixtures of esters of linear or branched Cs-C fatty acid and C12-C18 fatty alcohol and alkanes resulting from the complete hydrogenation/reduction of mixtures of fatty acids from Cocos nucifera (coconut) oil, in particular dodecane, such as mixtures of cococaprylate/caprate and dodecane; mention may be made of those having the INCI name Coconut alkanes (and) coco-caprylate/caprate sold under the name Vegelight 1212LC® by Grant Industries; or mixtures of C9-C12 alkanes, the chains of which comprise from 9 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably linear or branched C9-C12 alkanes, in particular comprising dodecane; mention may be made of the oil mixture having the INCI name C9-12 Alkane, Vegelight Silk® sold by BioSynthls.
  • the composition of the invention comprises at least one hydrocarbon-based liquid fatty substance c) chosen from: plant oils formed by fatty acid esters of polyols, in particular triglycerides,
  • R d -C(O)-O-R e in which R d represents a higher fatty acid residue including from 7 to 19 carbon atoms and R e represents a hydrocarbon-based chain including from 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferentially esters of formula R d -C(O)-O-R e in which R d represents a higher fatty acid residue including from 8 to 10 carbon atoms and R e represents a hydrocarbon-based chain including from 12 to 18 carbon atoms;
  • Cs-Ceo alkanes such as isododecane and alkanes resulting from the complete hydrogenation/reduction of mixtures of fatty acids obtained from Cocos nucifera (coconut) oil, in particular dodecane;
  • the fatty substance(s) c) of the invention which are notably liquid, are apolar, i.e. formed solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon-based liquid fatty substance(s) are preferably chosen from hydrocarbonbased oils containing from 8 to 14 carbon atoms, which are in particular volatile, more particularly the apolar oils described previously.
  • the fatty substance(s) c) of the invention which are notably liquid, are chosen from alkanes such as undecane, tridecane, dodecane, decane, isododecane, hydrogenated polyisobutene, fatty alcohols such as octyldodecanol, esters such as isononyl isononanoate, cocoyl caprylate/caprate and mixtures thereof, more preferentially alkanes.
  • alkanes such as undecane, tridecane, dodecane, decane, isododecane, hydrogenated polyisobutene, fatty alcohols such as octyldodecanol, esters such as isononyl isononanoate, cocoyl caprylate/caprate and mixtures thereof, more preferentially alkanes.
  • the fatty substance(s) c) of the invention which are notably liquid, are chosen from linear or branched Ce-Cie, preferably C8-C14, more preferentially C9-C13 and even more preferentially C9-C12 alkanes, and even more preferentially the alkanes are volatile.
  • the liquid fatty substance(s) iii) of the invention are volatile and are chosen from undecane, decane, dodecane, isododecane, tridecane, tetradecane, and a mixture thereof notably comprising dodecane, isododecane or a mixture of undecane and tridecane.
  • liquid fatty substance(s) c) of the invention which are notably liquid, are isododecane.
  • the fatty substance(s) c) of the invention are a mixture of non-volatile oil(s) and volatile oil(s); preferably, the mixture comprises, as volatile oil, undecane, dodecane, isododecane, tridecane or tetradecane, more preferentially isododecane.
  • a mixture of volatile oil and non-volatile oil that may be mentioned is the mixture of isododecane and of isononyl isononanoate or the mixture of isododecane with isononyl isononanoate.
  • the amount of volatile oil is greater than the amount of non-volatile oil.
  • the non-volatile oil is a phenyl silicone oil, preferably chosen from pentaphenyl silicone oils.
  • composition C1 comprises one or more fatty substances, which are notably liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure, preferably one or more oils, in a content ranging from 2% to 99.9% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition, preferably ranging from 5% to 90% by weight, preferably ranging from 10% to 80% by weight, preferably ranging from 20% to 80% by weight.
  • fatty substances which are notably liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure, preferably one or more oils, in a content ranging from 2% to 99.9% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition, preferably ranging from 5% to 90% by weight, preferably ranging from 10% to 80% by weight, preferably ranging from 20% to 80% by weight.
  • composition C1 according to the invention, comprises c) one or more fatty substances that are notably liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure, and f) one or more organic solvents other than c). d) Organic solvent(s) other than c)
  • composition C1 also comprises one or more organic solvents other than c), which are apolar or polar, preferably polar, and which are protic or aprotic, more particularly protic and/or polar, preferably protic and polar.
  • organic solvents other than c which are apolar or polar, preferably polar, and which are protic or aprotic, more particularly protic and/or polar, preferably protic and polar.
  • the organic solvent(s) are water-miscible.
  • water-miscible solvent is intended to denote a compound that is liquid at room temperature and water-miscible (water miscibility of greater than 50% by weight at 25°C and atmospheric pressure).
  • the organic solvent(s) that may be used in composition C1 of the invention may also be volatile.
  • composition C1 of the invention comprises one or more organic solvents preferably chosen from monoalcohols containing from 2 to 6 carbon atoms such as ethanol and isopropanol.
  • the composition according to the invention also comprises at least one polar organic solvent other than the fatty substances c), more preferentially a protic solvent. More preferentially, the composition according to the invention also comprises at least one polar organic solvent other than the fatty substances c), chosen from lower monoalcohols containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as ethanol and isopropanol, and even more preferentially ethanol.
  • the amount of organic solvent(s) is less than 70% by weight, more preferentially less than 50% by weight, relative to the total weight of composition C1.
  • composition C1 comprises an amount of organic solvent(s) of greater than 0.5%, more particularly greater than or equal to 1% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • composition C1 comprises between 2% and 50% by weight of organic solvent(s).
  • the content of organic solvent(s) other than the fatty substance(s) c) present in the composition according to the invention is in the range from 1 % to 50% by weight, more preferentially from 1 % to 30% by weight, even more preferentially from 1 % to 20% by weight, better still from 1 % to 10% by weight, even better still from 2% to 10% by weight, or even from 2% to 5% by weight and even better still from 2.5% to 5% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition according to the invention.
  • the content of polar organic solvent(s) other than the fatty substance(s) c) present in the composition according to the invention is in the range from 1 % to 50% by weight, more preferentially from 1 % to 30% by weight, even more preferentially from 1 % to 20% by weight, better still from 1% to 10% by weight, even better from 2% to 10% by weight, or even from 2% to 5% by weight and even better still from 2.5% to 5% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition according to the invention.
  • the content of polar protic organic solvent(s) other than the fatty substance(s) c) present in the composition according to the invention is in the range from 1 % to 50% by weight, more preferentially from 1% to 30% by weight, more preferentially from 1% to 20% by weight, better still from 1% to 10% by weight, even better from 2% to 10% by weight, or even from 2% to 5% by weight and even better still from 2.5% to 5% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition according to the invention.
  • the content of lower monoalcohols containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms present in the composition according to the invention is in the range from 1 % to 50% by weight, more preferentially from 1 % to 30% by weight, even more preferentially from 1 % to 20% by weight, better still from 1 % to 10% by weight, even better still from 2% to 10% by weight, or even from 2% to 5% by weight and even better still from 2.5% to 5% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition according to the invention.
  • the ethanol content in the composition according to the invention is in the range from 1 % to 50% by weight, more preferentially from 1% to 30% by weight, even more preferentially from 1 % to 20% by weight, better still from 1 % to 10% by weight, even better still from 2% to 10% by weight, or even from 2% to 5% by weight and even better still from 2.5% to 5% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition according to the invention.
  • composition C1 also comprises water.
  • the water that is suitable for use in the invention may be tap water, distilled water, spring water, a floral water such as cornflower water and/or a mineral water such as Vittel water, Lucas water or La Roche Posay water and/or a thermal water.
  • composition C1 of the invention comprises e) water and at least one fatty substance c).
  • composition C1 comprises an amount of water of less than or equal to 10% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition, particularly less than or equal to 2% by weight, preferably less than 1 % by weight, more preferentially less than 0.5% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition. More particularly, the composition of the invention is anhydrous, i.e. it is free of water. f) Surfactants
  • composition C1 also comprises f) one or more surfactants, preferably nonionic or ionic surfactants, or mixtures thereof.
  • composition C1 does not comprise any surfactant.
  • surfactant means a compound which modifies the surface tension between two surfaces.
  • the surfactant(s) d) are amphiphilic molecules, which have two parts of different polarity, one part being lipophilic (which retains fatty substances) which is apolar, the other hydrophilic part (miscible or soluble in water) being polar.
  • the lipophilic part is generally a fatty chain, and the other water-miscible part is polar, and/or protic.
  • ionic means anionic, cationic, amphoteric or zwitterionic.
  • fatty chain means a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbonbased chain comprising more than 6 atoms, preferably between 6 and 30 carbon atoms and preferably from 8 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • the composition of the invention contains f) at least one silicone or non-silicone nonionic surfactant.
  • nonionic surfactants include fatty alcohols, a-diols and alkylphenols, these three types of compound being polyethoxylated, polypropoxylated and/or polyglycerolated and containing a fatty chain comprising, for example, 8 to 22 carbon atoms, the number of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide groups possibly ranging in particular from 2 to 50 and the number of glycerol groups possibly ranging in particular from 2 to 30.
  • polyethoxylated fatty amides preferably having from 2 to 30 ethylene oxide units, polyglycerolated fatty amides containing on average 1 to 5, and in particular 1 .5 to 4,
  • the surfactant(s) represent in total particularly from 0.01 % to 30% by weight, preferably from 0.5% to 15% by weight, even more preferentially from 1 % to 10% by weight and better still between 1 % and 5% by weight of the composition, relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • composition C1 comprises an aqueous phase.
  • the composition is notably formulated as aqueous lotions or as water-in-oil or oil-in-water emulsions or as multiple emulsions (oil-in-water-in-oil or water-in-oil-in-water triple emulsions (such emulsions are known and described, for example, by C. Fox in “Cosmetics and Toiletries” - November 1986 - Vol. 101 - pages 101-112)).
  • the composition is a direct emulsion, i.e. an emulsion of oil-in-water or O/W type.
  • the weight amount of oil is preferably less than 70% in the inverse emulsion, preferably less than or equal to 40%, more particularly less than or equal to 35% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the amount of water is greater than or equal to 30% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition, more particularly greater than or equal to 40%, preferentially greater than or equal to 35%.
  • the composition of the invention is an inverse emulsion, i.e. of water-in-oil or W/O type.
  • the weight amount of oil is preferably greater than 30% in the inverse emulsion, preferably greater than 40%, more preferentially greater than or equal to 45% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition. More particularly, in the inverse emulsion, the amount of water is less than 40% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition, preferably less than or equal to 35% by weight.
  • Composition C1 according to the invention preferably has a pH ranging from 3 to 9, depending on the support chosen.
  • the pH of the composition(s) is neutral or even slightly acidic.
  • the pH of the composition is between 6 and 7.
  • the pH of these compositions may be adjusted to the desired value by means of acidifying or basifying agents usually used in cosmetics, or alternatively using standard buffer systems.
  • the term “basifying agenf’ or “base” means any agent for increasing the pH of the composition in which it is present.
  • the basifying agent is a Bronsted, Lowry or Lewis base. It may be mineral or organic.
  • said agent is chosen from a) aqueous ammonia, b) (bi)carbonate, c) alkanolamines such as monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine and derivatives thereof, d) oxyethylenated and/or oxypropylenated ethylenediamines, e) organic amines, f) mineral or organic hydroxides, g) alkali metal silicates such as sodium metasilicates, h) amino acids, preferably basic amino acids such as arginine, lysine, ornithine, citrulline and histidine, and i) the compounds of formula (F) below: in which formula (F):
  • - W is a divalent Ci-Ce alkylene radical optionally substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups or a Ci-Ce alkyl radical, and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms such as O or NR U ;
  • R x , R y , R z , Rt and R u which may be identical or different, represent a hydrogen atom or a Ci-Ce alkyl, Ci-Ce hydroxyalkyl or Ci-Ce aminoalkyl radical.
  • amines of formula (F) examples include 1 ,3-diaminopropane, 1 ,3-diamino-2-propanol, spermine and spermidine.
  • alkanolamine means an organic amine comprising a primary, secondary or tertiary amine function, and one or more linear or branched Ci-Cs alkyl groups bearing one or more hydroxyl radicals.
  • mineral or organic hydroxides examples include those chosen from a) hydroxides of an alkali metal, b) hydroxides of an alkaline-earth metal, for instance sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, c) hydroxides of a transition metal, d) hydroxides of lanthanides or actinides, quaternary ammonium hydroxides and guanidinium hydroxide.
  • the mineral or organic hydroxides a) and b) are preferred.
  • mineral or organic acids such as hydrochloric acid, orthophosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, carboxylic acids, such as acetic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid or lactic acid, or sulfonic acids.
  • the basifying agents and the acidifying agents as defined previously preferably represent from 0.001% to 20% by weight relative to the weight of the composition, and more particularly from 0.005% to 8% by weight of the composition.
  • composition C1 comprises an amount of water of less than or equal to 10% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition. Even more preferentially, composition C1 comprises an amount of water of less than or equal to 5%, better still less than 2%, even better still less than 0.5%, and is notably free of water. Where appropriate, such small amounts of water may notably be introduced by ingredients of the composition that may contain residual amounts thereof.
  • the composition does not comprise any water.
  • composition C1 according to the .invention comprises a physiologically acceptable medium.
  • the composition is a cosmetic composition.
  • physiologically acceptable medium means a medium that is compatible with human keratin materials, for instance the skin, the lips, the nails, the eyelashes, the eyebrows or the hair.
  • cosmetic composition means a composition that is compatible with keratin materials, which has a pleasant colour, odour and feel and which does not cause any unacceptable discomfort (stinging or tautness) liable to discourage the consumer from using it.
  • keratin materials means the skin (body, face, contour of the eyes, scalp), head hair, the eyelashes, the eyebrows, bodily hair, the nails or the lips.
  • Composition C1 may comprise one or more cosmetic additives chosen from fragrances, preserving agents, fillers, colouring agents, UV-screening agents, oils other than the fatty substances c), moisturizers, vitamins, ceramides, antioxidants, free-radical scavengers, polymers other than a), thickeners or film-forming agents other than b), trace elements, softeners, sequestrants, agents for combating hair loss, anti-dandruff agents, propellants.
  • fragrances chosen from fragrances, preserving agents, fillers, colouring agents, UV-screening agents, oils other than the fatty substances c), moisturizers, vitamins, ceramides, antioxidants, free-radical scavengers, polymers other than a), thickeners or film-forming agents other than b), trace elements, softeners, sequestrants, agents for combating hair loss, anti-dandruff agents, propellants.
  • composition C1 according to the invention also comprises one or more colouring agents chosen from pigments, direct dyes and mixtures thereof, preferably pigments; more preferentially, the pigment(s) of the invention are chosen from carbon black, iron oxides, notably black iron oxides, and micas coated with iron oxide, triarylmethane pigments, notably blue and violet triarylmethane pigments, such as Blue 1 Lake, azo pigments, notably red azo pigments, such as D&C Red 7, an alkali metal salt of lithol red, such as the calcium salt of lithol red B, even more preferentially red iron oxides.
  • the pigment(s) of the invention are chosen from carbon black, iron oxides, notably black iron oxides, and micas coated with iron oxide, triarylmethane pigments, notably blue and violet triarylmethane pigments, such as Blue 1 Lake, azo pigments, notably red azo pigments, such as D&C Red 7, an alkali metal salt of lithol red, such as the calcium salt of lit
  • composition C1 according to the invention is a makeup composition, in particular a lip makeup composition, a mascara, an eyeliner, an eye shadow or a foundation.
  • composition C1 comprises one or more additional solvents, preferably polar and/or protic solvents other than water, in the predominantly fatty medium.
  • Composition C1 according to the invention may also comprise one or more fillers, notably in a content ranging from 0.01 % to 30% by weight and preferably ranging from 0.01% to 20% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • fillers should be understood as meaning colourless or white, mineral or synthetic particles of any shape, which are insoluble in the medium of the composition, irrespective of the temperature at which the composition is manufactured. These fillers notably serve to modify the rheology or texture of the composition.
  • Composition C1 according to the invention may be in the form of an anhydrous composition, a water-in-oil emulsion or an oil-in-water emulsion.
  • the PHAs illustrated in the various examples were prepared in 3-litre chemostats and/or 5-litre Fernbach flasks depending on whether or not a p-oxidation pathway inhibitor was used.
  • the isolation of the PHAs is similar for all the examples obtained.
  • the microorganism In a first step, the microorganism generates the PHAs which are stored in intracellular granules, the proportion of which varies as a function of the applied conditions such as the temperature or the nature of the culture medium. The generation of PHA granules may or may not be associated with the growth of the microorganism as a function of the nature of the microorganisms.
  • the biomass containing the PHAs is isolated, i.e. separated from the fermentation medium, and then dried. The PHAs are extracted from the biomass before being purified, if necessary.
  • a mixture of saturated and unsaturated carbon sources is, for certain examples, necessary for the stability of the PHA obtained.
  • the process for synthesizing the compound of Example 1 is adapted from the article: Fed- batch production of unsaturated medium-chain-length polyhydroxyalkanoates with controlled composition by Pseudomonas putida KT2440, Z. Sun, J.A. Ramsay, M. Guay, B.A. Ramsay, Applied Microbiology Biotechnology, 82. 657-662, 2009.
  • the microorganism used is Pseudomonas putida KT2440 ATCC® 47054TM.
  • the system is aerated with a flow of 0.5 vvm of air for a nominal dissolved oxygen (OD) value at 30% of saturation.
  • OD dissolved oxygen
  • the pH is regulated with 15% aqueous ammonia solution.
  • the temperature of the fermentation medium is regulated at 30°C.
  • the fermentation medium is regulated in terms of temperature-pressure of dissolved oxygen and pH (not shown): see the attached fig. 1.
  • the production process is performed using three different culture media.
  • the first culture medium defined CM1 “inoculum”, is used for the preparation of the preculture.
  • the second culture medium defined CM2 “batch”, is used for unfed batch growth of the microorganism with the primary carbon sources in the Fernbach flasks.
  • the third culture medium defined CM3 “maintenance”, is used for the fed-batch or maintenance fermentation mode with the carbon sources of interest at a flow rate calibrated as a function of the growth of the microorganism.
  • composition of the Nutrient Broth is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone.
  • 100 mL of preculture are prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 mL of the strain with 100 mL of “inoculum” culture medium at a pH adjusted to 6.8 with 2N NaOH in a 250 mL Fernbach flask and are then incubated at 30°C at 150 rpm for 24 hours.
  • the biomass is isolated by centrifugation and then washed three times with water.
  • the biomass is dried by lyophilization before being extracted with ethyl acetate for 24 hours.
  • the suspension is clarified by filtration on a GF/A filter (Whatman®).
  • the filtrate composed of PHA dissolved in the ethyl acetate, is concentrated by evaporation and then dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant mass.
  • the PHA may optionally be purified by successive dissolution and precipitation from an ethyl acetate/ethanol 70% methanol system, for example.
  • the PHA was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure.
  • Example T PHA copolymer bearing a side chain R 1 representing a 5% unsaturated n-octenyl group and R 2 representing an n-hexyl group
  • Example T The copolymer of Example T (5% unsaturation and R 2 chain representing n-hexyl) was prepared according to the procedure described for Example 1, with the same composition of the microelement solution as described in Example 1 and with the following culture medium compositions:
  • the PHA copolymer of Example T was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure, with a degree of unsaturation of 5%.
  • Example 1 PHA copolymer bearing a side chain R 1 representing a linear 10% unsaturated n-octenyl group and R 2 representing an n-hexyl group
  • the copolymer of Example 1” (10% unsaturation and R 2 chain representing n-hexyl) was prepared according to the procedure described for Example 1, with the same composition of the microelement solution as described in Example 1 and with the following culture medium compositions:
  • the PHA was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure.
  • Example T PHA copolymer bearing a side chain R 1 representing a linear 30% unsaturated n-octenyl group and R 2 representing an n-pentyl group
  • Example T The copolymer of Example T” (30% unsaturated and R 2 chain representing n-pentyl) was prepared according to the procedure described for Example 1 , with the same composition of the microelement solution as described in Example 1 and with the following culture medium compositions: [Table 8]
  • Example 1 d PHA copolymer bearing a side chain R 1 representing a 2% unsaturated n- octenyl group and R 2 representing an n-hexyl group unsaturated carried out in discontinuous culture fed with two sources of carbon in C9 and C11: 1 98/2
  • the flow rate of the maintenance supply pump is proportional to the growth of the microorganism according to formula 1 :
  • the system is aerated by an air flow of 0.5 vvm for a dissolved oxygen (DO) setpoint at 30% saturation.
  • the pH is regulated with a 15% of ammonia solution.
  • the temperature of the fermentation medium is regulated at 30°C.
  • the Assembly of the fed batch growth fermentation mode is made according fig. 1.
  • the fermentation medium is regulated in temperature-dissolved oxygen pressure and pH (not shown on the fig.).
  • the production process is carried out using three distinct culture media.
  • the first culture medium defined MC1 “inoculum” is used for the preparation of the preculture.
  • the second culture medium defined MC2 “bach” is used for the non-supplied discontinuous growth of the microorganism with the primary carbonaceous sources in the Fernbachs flasks.
  • the third culture medium defined (MC3 "maintenance") is used for the discontinuous feeding, or maintenance, of the fermentation with the carbonaceous sources of interest at a rate calibrated according to the growth of the microorganism.
  • composition in grams per liter of culture media for preculture and maintenance.
  • the composition of Nutrient Broth in mass percentage is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone.
  • composition of the solution of microelements in grams per liter is described in Table below: composition in grams per liter of the solution of microelement
  • 100 mL of preculture are prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 mL of the strain with 100 mL “inoculum” culture media at pH adjusted to 6.8 with 2N NaOH in a 250 mL Fernbach flask then incubating at 30° C at 150 rpm for 24 hours.
  • the introduction of the maintenance is carried out by applying the flow rate defined by equation 1.
  • the biomass is isolated by centrifugation then washed three times with some water.
  • the biomass is dried by freeze-drying before being extracted with dichloromethane for 24 hours.
  • the suspension is clarified by filtration on a GF/A filter (Wattman®) the filtrate, composed of PHA in solution in dichloromethane, is concentrated by evaporation then dried under high vacuum at 40°C until constant mass.
  • the PHA can optionally be purified by solubilization and successive precipitations such as a dichloromethane methanol system for example.
  • the PHA was characterized by gas chromatography equipped with an FID detector. It conforms to the expected chemical structure, with an unsaturation rate of 2%.
  • Example 2 Poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 10% unsaturations 100% grafted with thiolactic acid (compound of Example 1 grafted with thiolactic acid TLA):
  • the grafted PHA of Example 2 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure.
  • Example 3 Poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 10% unsaturations 100% grafted with octanethiol (compound of Example 1 grafted with n-octanethiol)
  • the grafted PHA of Example 3 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure.
  • Example 4 Poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 10% unsaturations 75% grafted with 8-mercapto- 1 -octanol (compound of Example 1 grafted with 8- mercapto- 1 -octanol)
  • reaction medium was then precipitated from a 50 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated.
  • the product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
  • the grafted PHA of Example 4 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 75% or 7.5% of functions in total.
  • Example 5 Poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 10% unsaturations 32% grafted with cysteamine (compound of Example 1 grafted with cysteamine)
  • reaction medium was then precipitated from a 100 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated.
  • the product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
  • the grafted PHA of Example 5 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 32% or 3.2% of functions in total.
  • reaction medium was then precipitated from a 50 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated.
  • the product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
  • the grafted PHA of Example 6 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 73% or 7.3% of functions in total.
  • Example 7 Poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 10% unsaturations 66% grafted with 2-furanmethanethiol (FT) (compound of Example 1 grafted with FT)
  • reaction medium was then precipitated from a 50 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated.
  • the product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
  • the grafted PHA of Example 7 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 66% or 6.6% of functions in total.
  • reaction medium was then precipitated from a 50 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated.
  • the product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
  • the grafted PHA of Example 8 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 70% or 7% of functions in total.
  • reaction medium was then precipitated from a 50 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated.
  • the product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
  • Example 10 Poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 10% unsaturations 64% grafted with 4-tert-butyl benzyl mercaptan (TBM) (compound of Example 1 grafted with TBM)
  • reaction medium was then precipitated from a 50 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated.
  • the product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
  • the grafted PHA of Example 10 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 64% or 6.4% of functions in total.
  • reaction medium was then precipitated from a 50 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated.
  • the product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
  • the grafted PHA of Example 11 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 100%.
  • Example 11 Functionalization of mcl-PHA with linear side chain R 1 representing a n- octylenyl group and R 2 n-hexyl unsaturated at 2% of example 1 d with thiolactic acid
  • the medium was then irradiated under a 100 W UV lamp at 365 nm (reference) and with stirring for at least 10 minutes.
  • the reaction medium thus obtained is poured onto a Teflon plate, then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C., to obtain a homogeneous film.
  • the PHA grafted with thiolactic acid was fully characterized by proton NMR. The proton NMR spectrum shows that the characteristic signals of the unsaturations have completely disappeared.
  • reaction medium was then precipitated from a 500 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated.
  • the product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
  • the grafted PHA of Example 12 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 100%.
  • Example 13 Poly(3-hydroxynonanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 5% unsaturations 100% epoxidized
  • reaction medium was then precipitated from a 500 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated.
  • the product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
  • the PHA of Example 13 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Epoxidation to 100%.
  • Example 14 Poly(3-hydroxynonanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 10% unsaturations 100% epoxidized
  • reaction medium was then precipitated from a 500 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated.
  • the product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
  • the PHA of Example 14 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Epoxidation to 100%. 10 g of the PHA copolymer of Example 1”’ were dissolved in 40 mL of anhydrous dichloromethane. A suspension of 6.2 g of 77% m-CPBA was prepared with 10 mL of anhydrous dichloromethane and added to the mixture with stirring, at room temperature for at least 120 hours.
  • reaction medium was then precipitated from a 250 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated.
  • the product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
  • the PHA of Example 15 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Epoxidation to 100%.
  • Example 16 Poly(3-hydroxynonanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 5% unsaturations 100% grafted with 4-tert-butylbenzyl mercaptan (TBM) (compound of Example 1’ grafted with TBM)
  • TBM 4-tert-butylbenzyl mercaptan
  • the reaction medium was then precipitated from a 500 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated.
  • the product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
  • the PHA of Example 16 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 100%.
  • Example 17 is an adaptation of Applied and Environmental Microbiology, Vol. 60, No. 9. 3245-3254 (1994) “Polyester Biosynthesis Characteristics of Pseudomonas citronellolis Grown on Various Carbon Sources, Including 3-Methyl- Branched Substrate”. Mun Hwan Choi and Sung Chui Yoon.
  • the microorganism used is Pseudomonas citronellolis ATCC® 13674TM.
  • the culture method was performed under axenic conditions in unfed batch culture mode in 5L Fernbach flasks (Corning® ref. 431685) containing 2 of culture medium, shaken at 110 rpm at 30°C in an orbital incubator (orbit diameter of 2.5 cm).
  • the production process is performed using two different culture media.
  • the first culture medium defined CM1 “inoculum”, is used for the preparation of the preculture.
  • the second culture medium defined CM2 “batch”, is used for unfed batch culture growth of the microorganism with the carbon source of interest in the Fernbach flasks.
  • the composition of the Nutrient Broth is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone.
  • Reference 233000 DIFCOTM BD The composition of the yeast extract, as a mass percentage, is 100% autolysate of the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
  • Reference 210933 DIFCOTM BD The composition of the Nutrient Broth, as mass percentages, is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone.
  • Reference 233000 DIFCOTM BD The composition of the yeast extract, as a mass percentage, is 100% autolysate of the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
  • Reference 210933 DIFCOTM BD The composition of the Nutrient Broth, as mass percentages, is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone.
  • Reference 233000 DIFCOTM BD The composition of the yeast extract, as a mass percentage, is 100% autolysate of the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
  • 100 mL of preculture are prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 mL of the strain with 100 mL of “inoculum” culture medium at a pH adjusted to 6.8 with 2N NaOH in a 250 mL Fernbach flask and then incubated at 30°C at 150 rpm for 24 hours.
  • the biomass After 70 hours at 30°C at 110 rpm, the biomass is dried by lyophilization before being extracted with dichloromethane for 24 hours.
  • the suspension is clarified by filtration on a GF/A filter (Whatman®).
  • the filtrate composed of PHA dissolved in dichloromethane, is concentrated by evaporation and then dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant mass.
  • the PHA may optionally be purified by successive dissolution and precipitation, for instance using a dichloromethane/methanol system.
  • Example 18 Copolymer of PHA bearing a side chain R 1 representing an isohexyl group and R 2 representing an isobutyl group c)
  • Example 18 is obtained by hydrogenation of the PHA copolymer of Example 17 using an H-Cube Midi® continuous hydrogenator from ThalesNano Technologies.
  • a solution of 2 g (8.83 mmol) of PHA of Example 3 is prepared with a mixture composed of 100 ml of ethyl acetate (Sigma-Aldrich - CAS: 141-78-6) and 100 mL of methanol (Sigma-Aldrich - CAS: 67-56-1) and is introduced at a flow rate of 3 mL per minute into a hydrogenation cartridge containing the catalyst containing 5% palladium on charcoal (MidiCard ref. DHS 2141 ; ThalesNano Technologies) maintained at 100°C under a pressure of 80 bar in the presence of hydrogen in the ThalesNano T echnologies H-Cube Midi® system. The reduction of the double bond is monitored by NMR. After six consecutive cycles of reduction, the solution is concentrated by evaporation and then dried under vacuum to constant mass.
  • the PHA may optionally be purified by successive dissolution and precipitation, for instance using a dichloromethane/methanol system.
  • a polymer was prepared using the microorganism Pseudomonas putida KT2440 ATCC® 47054TM and octanoic acid.
  • the culture method was performed under batch axenic conditions in 5 L Fernbach flasks (Corning® ref. 431685) containing 2 L of culture medium, shaken at 110 rpm at 30°C in an orbital incubator (orbit diameter of 2.5 cm).
  • the synthetic process was performed using two different culture media.
  • the first culture medium, defined CM1 "inoculum”, was used for the preparation of the inoculum.
  • composition of the Nutrient Broth is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone.
  • inoculum 100 ml of inoculum were prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 ml of the strain with 100 ml of “inoculum” culture medium at a pH adjusted to 6.8 with 2N NaOH in a 250 mL Fernbach flask and then incubated at 30°C at 150 rpm for 24 hours.
  • the molecular weight of the polyhydroxyalkanoate obtained was characterized by size exclusion chromatography, with detection by refractive index.
  • the analysis makes it possible to measure the weight-average molecular weight (Mw in g/mol), the number-average molecular weight (Mn in g/mol), the polydispersity index PI (Mw/Mn) and the degree of polymerization DPn.
  • the monomeric composition of the polyhydroxyalkanoate obtained was defined by gas chromatography equipped with a flame ionization detector. The identification is performed by injection of commercial standards and the monomer composition was determined by a methanolysis and silylation treatment. To determine the monomer composition, 7 mg of the polyhydroxyalkanoate polymer were dissolved in 1.5 mL of chloroform and subjected to methanolysis in the presence of 1.5 mL of an MeOH/HCI solution (17/2, v/v) at 100°C for 4 hours. The organic phase was then washed with 1 mL of water and then dried over MgSO4.
  • Silylation of the methyl esters formed was performed by adding 100 pL of BSTFA (N,O- bis(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide) and 100 pL of pyridine to the methylated sample. The solution was heated at 70°C for 1 hour and then evaporated to dryness. The sample is then dissolved in 600 pL of dichloromethane and analysed by chromatography under the following conditions:
  • a copolymer containing 91 % by weight of poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate), 6% by weight of poly(3-hydroxyhexanoate) and 3% by weight of poly(3-hydroxybutanoate) was thus obtained.
  • a polymer was prepared using the microorganism Pseudomonas putida KT2440 ATCC® 47054TM, octanoic acid and acrylic acid.
  • the production process was performed using three different culture media.
  • the first undefined culture medium (CM1) was used for the preparation of the inoculum.
  • the second defined culture medium (CM2) was used for the unfed batch growth of the microorganism in the fermenter.
  • the third defined culture medium (CM3) was used for the feeding, or maintenance, of the continuous fermentation containing octanoic acid and acrylic acid (inhibitor of the p-oxidation pathway).
  • CM1 and CM2 media are identical to those described in example 1.
  • the composition in grams per litre of the medium CM3 is described in Table 10 below:
  • 100 ml of inoculum were prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 ml of the strain with 100 ml of Nutrient Broth at a pH adjusted to 7.0 with 2N NaOH in a 250 ml Fernbach flask and were then incubated at 30°C at 150 rev/min for 24 h.
  • the system was maintained at 30°C with shaking at 700 ⁇ 200 rpm and regulated in cascade with oxygenation for about 16 hours and/or the time for the microorganism to be able to reach its growth plateau.
  • Feeding of the fermenter with the medium CM3 was initiated when the microorganism reached its growth plateau, and withdrawal was then performed so as to maintain the initial mass of fermentation medium. Once the equilibrium state was reached in continuous culture, a fraction of the withdrawn material was centrifuged in order to separate the biomass from the fermentation medium. The biomass was dried by lyophilization and then extracted with dichloromethane for 24 hours. The suspension obtained was clarified by filtration through a GF/A filter (Whatman®). The filtrate obtained, comprising the copolymer dissolved in dichloromethane, was concentrated by evaporation and then dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant mass.
  • the crude polyhydroxyalkanoate was purified by precipitation of a solution of the latter in solution in 10 times its weight of dichloromethane from 10 volumes of the solution of cold methanol.
  • the solid obtained was dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant weight.
  • a copolymer comprising 96% by weight of poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate), 3% by weight of poly(3-hydroxyhexanoate) and 1 % by weight of poly(3-hydroxybutanoate) was thus obtained.
  • Example 21 Copolymer of PHA bearing a side chain R 1 representing an n-hexyl group and
  • R 2 representing an n-butyl group
  • a polymer was prepared using the microorganism Pseudomonas putida KT2440 ATCC® 47054TM, nonanoic acid and acrylic acid.
  • the system is aerated with a flow of 1 vvm of air for a nominal dissolved oxygen (OD) value at 30% of saturation.
  • the production process is performed using three different culture media.
  • the first culture medium (CM1) is used for the preparation of the inoculum.
  • the second culture medium (CM2) is used for batch growth of the microorganism in the fermenter.
  • the third culture medium (CM3) is used for the feeding, or maintenance, of the continuous fermentation containing the carbon source of interest and the p-oxidation pathway inhibitor (acrylic acid).
  • the composition in grams per litre of the three media CM1 , CM2 and CM3 is described in Table 11 below:
  • the composition of the Nutrient Broth is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone.
  • Reference 233000 DIFCOTM The composition of the microelement solution in grams per litre is described in Table 12 below.
  • the system is maintained at 30°C with shaking at 700 ⁇ 200 rpm and regulated in cascade with oxygenation for about 16 hours and/or the time for the microorganism to be able to reach its growth plateau.
  • Feeding of the fermenter with the CM3 “continuous” medium is initiated when the microorganism has reached its growth plateau, and withdrawal is then performed so as to maintain the initial mass of fermentation medium.
  • a fraction of the withdrawn material is centrifuged so as to separate the biomass from the fermentation medium.
  • the biomass is dried by lyophilization and is then extracted with dichloromethane for 24 hours.
  • the suspension is clarified by filtration on a GF/A filter (Whatman®).
  • the filtrate composed of PHA dissolved in dichloromethane, is concentrated by evaporation and then dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant mass.
  • the molecular weight of the polyhydroxyalkanoate obtained was characterized by size exclusion chromatography, with detection by refractive index.
  • the analysis makes it possible to measure the weight-average molecular weight (Mw in g/mol), the number-average molecular weight (Mn in g/mol), the polydispersity index PI (Mw/Mn) and the degree of polymerization DPn.
  • the monomeric composition of the polyhydroxyalkanoate obtained was defined by gas chromatography equipped with a flame ionization detector. The identification is performed by injection of commercial standards and the monomer composition was determined by a methanolysis and silylation treatment. To determine the monomer composition, 7 mg of the polyhydroxyalkanoate polymer were dissolved in 1.5 mL of chloroform and subjected to methanolysis in the presence of 1.5 mL of an MeOH/HCI solution (17/2, v/v) at 100°C for 4 hours. The organic phase was then washed with 1 mL of water and then dried over MgSCL.
  • the silylation of the methyl esters formed was carried out by adding 100 pl of BSTFA (N,O- bis(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide) and 100 pl of pyridine to the methylated sample. The solution was heated at 70°C for 1 hour and then evaporated to dryness. The sample is then dissolved in 600 pL of dichloromethane and analysed by chromatography under the following conditions:
  • a copolymer comprising 86% by weight of poly(3-hydroxynonanoate), 9% by weight of poly(3-hydroxyheptanoate) and 5% by weight of poly(3-hydroxypentanoate) was thus obtained.
  • a polymer was prepared according to the procedure of example 19 using nonanoic acid (instead of octanoic acid) and without acrylic acid.
  • a copolymer comprising 68% by weight of poly(3-hydroxynonanoate), 27% by weight of poly(3-hydroxyheptanoate) and 5% by weight of poly(3-hydroxypentanoate) was thus obtained.
  • a polymer was prepared according to the procedure of example 19 using dodecanoic acid (instead of octanoic acid).
  • a copolymer comprising 44% by weight of poly(3-hydroxydodecanoate), 38% by weight of poly(3-hydroxydecanoate) and 18% by weight of poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate) was thus obtained.
  • Example 24 Copolymer of PHA bearing a side chain R 1 representing an n-pentyl group and R 2 representing an n-propyl group
  • the production process of Example 24 is an adaptation of the article Biomacromolecules 2012, 13, 2926-2932: “Biosynthesis and Properties of Medium-Chain-Length Polyhydroxyalkanoates with Enriched Content of the Dominant Monomer”
  • the microorganism used is Pseudomonas putida ATCC® 47054TM.
  • the system is aerated with a flow of 3 vvm of air for a nominal dissolved oxygen (OD) value at 30% of saturation.
  • the production process is performed using three different culture media.
  • the first undefined culture medium (CM1) is used for the preparation of the inoculum.
  • the second defined culture medium (CM2) is used for batch growth of the microorganism in the fermenter.
  • the third defined culture medium (CM3) is used for the feeding, or maintenance, of the continuous fermentation containing the carbon source of interest and the p-oxidation pathway inhibitor.
  • composition in grams per litre of the three media is described in Table 13. Composition in grams per litre of the culture media for the inoculum and for maintenance.
  • composition of the Nutrient Broth is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone.
  • Reference 233000 DIFCOTM The composition of the microelement solution in grams per litre is described in Table 14: composition in grams per litre of the microelement solution
  • 100 mL of inoculum are prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 mL of the strain with 100 mL of Nutrient Broth at a pH adjusted to 7.0 with 2N NaOH in a 250 mL Fernbach flask and are then incubated at 30°C at 150 rpm for 24 hours.
  • the system is maintained at 30°C with shaking at 700 ⁇ 200 rpm and regulated in cascade with oxygenation for about 16 hours and/or the time for the microorganism to be able to reach its growth plateau.
  • Feeding of the fermenter with the medium CM3 is initiated when the microorganism has reached its growth plateau, and withdrawal is then performed so as to maintain the initial mass of fermentation medium.
  • a fraction of the withdrawn material is centrifuged so as to separate the biomass from the fermentation medium.
  • the biomass is dried by lyophilization and is then extracted with dichloromethane for 24 hours.
  • the suspension is clarified by filtration on a GF/A filter (Whatman®).
  • the filtrate composed of PHA dissolved in dichloromethane, is concentrated by evaporation and then dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant mass.
  • the PHA may optionally be purified by successive dissolution and precipitation, for instance using a dichloromethane/methanol system.
  • Example 25 PH A bearing a side chain R 1 representing a linear 5% unsaturated 8-bromo- n-octanoyl group and R 2 representing an n-hexyl group
  • the process for synthesizing the compound of Example 1 is adapted from the article: Fed- batch production of unsaturated medium-chain-length polyhydroxyalkanoates with controlled composition by Pseudomonas putida KT2440, Z. Sun, J.A. Ramsay, M. Guay, B.A. Ramsay, Applied Microbiology Biotechnology, 82. 657-662, 2009.
  • the microorganism used is Pseudomonas putida KT2440 ATCC® 47054TM.
  • the system is aerated with a flow of 0.5 vvm of air for a nominal dissolved oxygen (OD) value at 30% of saturation.
  • OD dissolved oxygen
  • the pH is regulated with a solution composed of ammonia and glucose at 15% and 40% final mass, respectively.
  • the temperature of the fermentation medium is regulated at 30°C.
  • the fermentation medium is regulated in terms of temperature-pressure of dissolved oxygen and pH (not shown).
  • the production process is performed using three different culture media.
  • the first culture medium defined CM1 “inoculum”, is used for the preparation of the preculture.
  • the second culture medium defined CM2 “batch”, is used for unfed batch growth of the microorganism with the primary carbon sources in the Fernbach flasks.
  • the third culture medium defined CM3 “maintenance”, is used for the fed-batch or maintenance fermentation mode with the carbon sources of interest at a flow rate calibrated as a function of the growth of the microorganism.
  • 100 mL of preculture are prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 mL of the strain with 100 mL of “inoculum” culture medium at a pH adjusted to 6.8 with 2N NaOH in a 250 mL Fernbach flask and then incubated at 30°C at 150 rpm for 24 hours.
  • the biomass is isolated by centrifugation and then washed three times with water.
  • the biomass is dried by lyophilization before being extracted with ethyl acetate for 24 hours.
  • the suspension is clarified by filtration on a GF/A filter (Whatman®).
  • the filtrate composed of PHA dissolved in the ethyl acetate, is concentrated by evaporation and then dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant mass.
  • the PHA may optionally be purified by successive dissolutions and precipitations from an ethyl acetate/70% ethanol/methanol/water system, for example.
  • the compounds of Examples 1 to 25 may be mixed with one or more modified polysaccharides b) as defined previously; in the presence of a liquid fatty substance c) such as isododecane optionally water e).
  • the mixing of the PHA(s) a) with the modified polysaccharide(s) b) may be performed at room temperature, with stirring, in the presence of a liquid fatty substance c) and optionally of organic solvent(s) other than c) and d) as defined previously.
  • a liquid fatty substance c) and optionally of organic solvent(s) other than c) and d) as defined previously.
  • water e) is added to the mixture of a), b) and c) and one or more organic solvents other than c) and d) as defined previously are then optionally added.
  • composition 26 comparative and compositions 27 to 34 (invention) described in Tables 17 and 18 below were prepared:
  • the PHA, isododecane and ethanol are stirred at 2500 rpm, at a temperature of 25°C.
  • the modified polysaccharide/associative polymer is introduced and the medium is heated from 25°C to 80°C with stirring at 2500 rpm.
  • the medium is maintained at 80°C for 30 minutes with stirring at 3000 rpm and is then cooled from 80°C to 25°C with stirring at 2500 rpm.
  • the first step in this test consists in making a deposit.
  • the deposits are prepared on a Byko Chart Lenata contrast card with a film spreader and left to dry for 24 hours at 25°C and 45% RH.
  • the final thickness of the deposit is 30 pm.
  • a wear resistance test is performed on this dry deposit.
  • a hydrophilic steel ball is used as a friction device.
  • the load or normal force applied is 1 N, and the displacement speed is 50 mm. S’ 1 .
  • On each film are defined tracks on which the friction device makes multiple passes. In the case of wear measurements, permanent contact is maintained during the to and fro trips of the ball on the deposit. The number of passes is increased for each track.
  • the wear resistance is quantified as the minimum number of passes to completely wear out the deposit.
  • the number of passes per track are, respectively, 10, 30, 50, 100, 200 and 300 passes.
  • the sensitivity to stressors is evaluated after depositing a drop of stressor (20 pl for water) on the surface of the deposit. The evaluations are made after 1 hour of contact between the stressor and the deposit. The level of sensitivity to stressors is noted as follows.
  • composition of the invention (Ex. 27 to 34) is highly resistant to water since the film remained intact.

Landscapes

  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Birds (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Cosmetics (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to a cosmetic composition comprising a) at least one polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) copolymer bearing (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based groups, b) at least one modified polysaccharide, c) optionally at least one fatty substance, and d) optionally at least one organic solvent other than c), and also to a process for treating keratin materials using such a composition.

Description

Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a modified polysaccharide
The present invention relates to a cosmetic composition comprising a) at least one polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) copolymer bearing (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based groups, b) at least one modified polysaccharide, c) optionally at least one fatty substance, and d) optionally at least one organic solvent other than c), and also to a process for treating keratin materials using such a composition.
It is known practice to use, in cosmetics, film-forming polymers which can be conveyed in organic media, such as hydrocarbon-based oils. Polymers are notably used as filmforming agents in makeup products such as mascaras, eyeliners, eyeshadows or lipsticks.
FR-A-2964663 describes a cosmetic composition comprising pigments coated with a C3- C21 polyhydroxyalkanoate, such as poly(hydroxybutyrate-co-hydroxyvalerate).
WO 2011/154508 describes a cosmetic composition comprising a 4-carboxy-2- pyrrolidinone ester derivative and a film-forming polymer which may be a polyhydroxyalkanoate, such as polyhydroxybutyrate, polyhydroxyvalerate and polyhydroxybutyrate-co-polyhydroxyvalerate.
US-A-2015/274972 describes a cosmetic composition comprising a thermoplastic resin, such as a polyhydroxyalkanoate, in aqueous dispersion and a silicone elastomer.
The majority of the polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymers are polymers derived from the polycondensation of polymeric repeating units that are for the most part identical and derived from the same carbon source or substrate. These documents do not describe the cosmetic use of copolymers derived from polycondensation using an aliphatic substrate or first carbon source, and at least one second substrate different from the first, comprising one or more (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based groups with modified polysaccharides. There is thus a need for a composition comprising polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymers which are lipophilic or soluble in a fatty phase. This makes it possible to obtain a film on keratin materials which has good cosmetic properties, notably good resistance to oils and to sebum, and also to be able to modify the gloss or the mattness.
The Applicant has discovered that polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymers bearing particular grafted or functionalized hydrocarbon-based groups, as defined below, may be readily used in fatty media, thus making it possible to obtain homogeneous compositions. Composition C1 shows good stability, notably after storage for one month at room temperature (25°C). Composition C1, notably after its application to keratin materials, makes it possible to obtain a film having good cosmetic properties, good persistence of the colour without running, and also a matt or glossy appearance of the treated keratin materials.
In many conditions of use of film-forming materials on keratin materials, for instance in makeup or colouring applications, it is desirable to have, in addition to good resistance to water and oils, notably food oils such as olive oil, very good resistance to rubbing of the deposits of film-forming materials both to avoid transfer, for example onto clothing, and to maintain a homogeneous appearance of the deposits. If the resistance to rubbing is insufficient, the deposits obtained can quickly become very unsightly for consumers, in particular if these deposits are coloured as in makeup applications such as lipsticks, foundations or mascaras. In hair applications, the absence of resistance to rubbing is also very problematic in all colouring applications since it gives rise to transfer onto clothing and creates an unsightly appearance of the keratin fibres. There is thus a need to improve the persistence of PHAs conveyed notably in an oily phase.
There is thus a real need to obtain deposits of film-forming materials that are resistant to oils, notably food oils, and that are water-resistant and have very good resistance to rubbing.
In particular, when the deposit is coloured, the deposit obtained must also have good resistance to humidity so as to avoid transfer of colour, for example onto clothing, which is in itself problematic and which makes the deposit very unsightly.
These problems are solved by the use of the compositions C1 described hereinbelow, these compositions making it possible to significantly improve the resistance to rubbing of polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) copolymer(s). Furthermore, the compositions C1 according to the invention make it possible to obtain, after deposition, a film on keratin materials which has good cosmetic properties, notably good resistance to oils and to sebum, and good water resistance, good adhesion, good resistance to rubbing, and also to be able to modify the gloss or the mattness.
Thus, the main subject of the present invention is a composition C1 , preferably a cosmetic composition, comprising: a) one or more polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) copolymers comprising at least two different repeating polymer units chosen from the units (A) and (B) below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
-[-O-CH(R1)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (A)
-[-O-CH(R2)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (B) in which polymer units (A) and (B): - R1 represents a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched, non-cyclic hydrocarbon-based chain, or a saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon-based chain, comprising from 5 to 28 carbon atoms; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based chain is chosen from i) linear or branched (C5-C28) alkyl, ii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkenyl, iii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkynyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group is linear; said hydrocarbon-based chain being:
• optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups chosen from: a) halogen such as chlorine or bromine, b) hydroxyl, c) thiol, d) (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino, e) (th io) carboxy, f) (thio)carboxamide -C(O)-N(Ra)2 or C(S)-N(Ra)2, g) cyano, h) iso(thio)cyanate, i) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl or furyl, and j) (hetero)cycloalkyl such as anhydride, epoxide or dithiolane, k) cosmetic active agent; I) R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, P) heterocycloalkyl such as sugar, preferably monosaccharide such as glucose, y) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl, 5) cosmetic active agent, m) thiosulfate, and X representing a’) O, S, N(Ra) or Si(Rb)(Rc), b’) S(O)r, or (thio)carbonyl, c’) or combinations of a’) with b’) such as (thio)ester, (thio)amide, (thio)urea or sulfonamide; Ra representing a hydrogen atom, or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group or an aryl(Ci-C4)alkyl group such as benzyl; preferably, Ra represents a hydrogen atom; Rb and Rc, which may be identical or different, represent a (Ci-C4)alkyl or (Ci-C4)alkoxy group, particularly only one substituent; preferably chosen from b) halogen, and j) such as epoxide; and/or
• optionally interrupted with one or more a’) heteroatoms such as O, S, N(Ra) and Si(Rb)(Rc), b’) S(O)r, (thio)carbonyl, c’) or combinations of a’) with b’) such as (thio)ester, (thio)amide, (thio)urea, sulfonamide with r being equal to 1 or 2, Ra being as defined previously; preferably, Ra represents a hydrogen atom, Rb and Rc being as defined previously; and
- R2 represents a cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based group comprising from 3 to 30 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1; in particular chosen from linear or branched (C3-C2s)alkyl and linear or branched (C3-C2s)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbon-based group, more particularly (C4-C2o)alkyl or (C4- C2o)alkenyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R1 from which at least one carbon atom is subtracted, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted; and b) one or more modified polysaccharides; and c) optionally one or more fatty substances, which are preferably liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure; and d) optionally one or more organic solvents other than c; e) optionally water; it being understood that:
- (A) is different from (B).
Preferably, composition C1 contains ingredients c) and d).
Another object of the invention is the cosmetic use of a composition C1 comprising a) one or more PHA copolymers as defined previously, b) one or moremodified polysaccharides, optionally c) one or more fatty substances as defined previously, d) optionally one or more organic solvents other than c), and e) optionally water; preferably, composition C1 contains the ingredients c) and d). Another subject of the invention is a process for treating keratin materials, preferably a) keratin fibres, notably human keratin fibres such as the hair, or P) human skin, in particular the lips, using a) one or more PHA copolymers as defined previously, b) one or more modified polysaccharides, optionally c) one or more fatty substances as defined previously, optionally d) one or more organic solvents other than c) and optionally e) water; preferably using the ingredients a), b), c) and d).
More particularly, a subject of the invention is a non-therapeutic cosmetic process for treating keratin materials, comprising the application to the keratin materials of a composition C1 as defined previously. The treatment process is in particular a process for caring for or making up keratin materials.
For the purposes of the present invention and unless otherwise indicated: the term “cosmetic active agent’ means the radical of an organic or organosilicon compound which can be integrated into a cosmetic composition to give an effect on keratin materials, whether this effect is immediate or provided by repeated applications. As examples of cosmetic active agents, mention may be made of coloured or uncoloured, fluorescent or non-fluorescent chromophores such as those derived from optical brighteners, or chromophores derived from UVA and/or UVB screening agents, anti-ageing active agents or active agents intended for providing a benefit to the skin such as active agents having action on the barrier function, deodorant active agents other than mineral particles, antiperspirant active agents other than mineral particles, desquamating active agents, antioxidant active agents, moisturizing active agents, sebum-regulating active agents, active agents intended for limiting the sheen of the skin, active agents intended for combating the effects of pollution, antimicrobial or bactericidal active agents, antidandruff active agents, and fragrances. the term “(hetero) aryl" means aryl or heteroaryl groups; the term “(hetero)cycloalkyl" means cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups; the “aryk or “heteroaryl” radicals or the aryl or heteroaryl part of a radical may be substituted with at least one substituent borne by a carbon atom, chosen from:
. a Ci-Ce and preferably C1-C4 alkyl radical;
. a halogen atom such as chlorine, fluorine or bromine;
. a hydroxyl group;
. a C1-C2 alkoxy radical; a C2-C4 (poly)hydroxyalkoxy radical;
. an amino radical;
. an amino radical substituted with one or two identical or different Ci-Ce and preferably C1-C4 alkyl radicals;
. an acylamino radical (-NR-COR’) in which the radical R is a hydrogen atom;
. a C1-C4 alkyl radical and the radical R’ is a C1-C4 alkyl radical; a carbamoyl radical ((R)2N-CO-) in which the radicals R, which may be identical or different, represent a hydrogen atom or a C1-C4 alkyl radical;
. an alkylsulfonylamino radical (R’SCh-NR-) in which the radical R represents a hydrogen atom or a C1-C4 alkyl radical and the radical R’ represents a C1-C4 alkyl radical, or a phenyl radical;
. an aminosulfonyl radical ((R)2N-S(O)2-) in which the radicals R, which may be identical or different, represent a hydrogen atom or a C1-C4 alkyl radical;
. a carboxylic radical in acid form or salified (preferably with an alkali metal or a substituted or unsubstituted ammonium) form;
. a cyano group (CN);
. a polyhalo(Ci-C4)alkyl group, preferentially trifluoromethyl (CF3); the cyclic or heterocyclic part of a non-aromatic radical may be substituted with at least one substituent borne by a carbon atom, chosen from the groups:
. hydroxyl,
. C1-C4 alkoxy, C2-C4 (poly)hydroxyalkoxy;
. alkylcarbonylamino (RCO-NR’-), in which the radical R’ is a hydrogen atom or a Ci- 04 alkyl radical and the radical R is a C1-C2 alkyl radical or an amino radical substituted with one or two identical or different C1-C4 alkyl groups;
. alkylcarbonyloxy (RCO-O-), in which the radical R is a C1-C4 alkyl radical or an amino radical substituted with one or two identical or different C1-C4 alkyl groups;
. alkoxycarbonyl ((RO-CO-) in which the radical R is a C1-C4 alkyl radical or an amino radical substituted with one or two identical or different C1-C4 alkyl groups; a cyclic or heterocyclic radical, or a non-aromatic part of an aryl or heteroaryl radical, may also be substituted with one or more oxo groups; a hydrocarbon-based chain is unsaturated when it includes one or more double bonds and/or one or more triple bonds; an “aryk radical represents a monocyclic or fused or non-fused polycyclic hydrocarbonbased group comprising from 6 to 22 carbon atoms, and at least one ring of which is aromatic; preferentially, the aryl radical is a phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, anthracenyl or tetrahydronaphthyl; a “heteroaryl" radical represents a monocyclic or fused or non-fused polycyclic, 5- to 22-membered group, comprising from 1 to 6 heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and selenium atoms, and at least one ring of which is aromatic; preferentially, a heteroaryl radical is chosen from acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzobistriazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzopyridazinyl, benzoquinolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, pyridyl, tetrazolyl, dihydrothiazolyl, imidazopyridyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, naphthoimidazolyl, naphthooxazolyl, naphthopyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxazolopyridyl, phenazinyl, phenoxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrilyl, pyrazoyltriazyl, pyridyl, pyridinoimidazolyl, pyrrolyl, quinolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thiazolopyridyl, thiazoylimidazolyl, thiopyrylyl, triazolyl and xanthylyl; a “cyclic” or “cycloalkyl" radical is a monocyclic or fused or non-fused polycyclic, non- aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon-based radical containing from 5 to 22 carbon atoms, which may include one or more unsaturations; the cycloalkyl is preferably a cyclohexyl group; a “heterocyclic” or “heterocycloalkyl" radical is a monocyclic or fused or non-fused polycyclic 3- to 9-membered non-aromatic cyclic radical, including from 1 to 4 heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and selenium atoms; preferably, the heterocycloalkyl is chosen from epoxide, piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl and dithiolane; an “alkyl" radical is a linear or branched, in particular Ci-Ce and preferably C1-C4 saturated hydrocarbon-based radical; an “alkenyl" radical is a linear or branched unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical comprising one or more conjugated or non-conjugated double bonds; an “alkynyl" radical is a linear or branched unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical comprising one or more conjugated or non-conjugated triple bonds; an “alkoxy” radical is an alkyl-oxy radical for which the alkyl radical is a linear or branched Ci-Ce and preferentially C1-C4 hydrocarbon-based radical; a “sugar1’ radical is a monosaccharide or polysaccharide radical, and the O-protected sugar derivatives thereof such as sugar esters of (Ci-C6)alkylcarboxylic acids such as acetic acid, sugars containing amine group(s) and (Ci-C4)alkyl derivatives, such as methyl derivatives, for instance methylglucose. Sugar radicals that may be mentioned include: sucrose, glucose, galactose, ribose, fucose, maltose, fructose, mannose, arabinose, xylose, lactose; the term “monosaccharide" refers to a monosaccharide sugar comprising at least 5 carbon atoms of formula CX(H2O)X with x an integer greater than or equal to 5, preferably x is greater than or equal to 6, in particular x is between 5 and 7 inclusive, preferably x = 6; they may be of D or L configuration, and of alpha or beta anomer, and also the salts thereof and the solvates thereof such as hydrates; the term “polysaccharide" refers to a polysaccharide sugar which is a polymer constituted of several saccharides bonded together via O-oside bonds, said polymers being constituted of monosaccharide units as defined previously, said monosaccharide units comprising at least 5 carbon atoms, preferably 6; in particular, the monosaccharide units are linked together via a 1 ,4 or 1 ,6 bond as a (alpha) or p (beta) anomer, it being possible for each oside unit to be of L or D configuration, and also the salts thereof and the solvates thereof such as the hydrates of said monosaccharides; more particularly, they are polymers formed from a certain number of saccharides (or monosaccharides) having the general formula: -[Cx(H2O)y)]w- or -[(CH2O)X]W-, where x is an integer greater than or equal to 5, preferably x is greater than or equal to 6, in particular x is between 5 and 7 inclusive and preferably x = 6, and y is an integer which represents x - 1 , and w is an integer greater than or equal to 2, particularly between 3 and 3000 inclusive, more particularly between 5 and 2500, preferentially between 10 and 2300, particularly between 15 and 1000 inclusive, more particularly between 20 and 500, preferentially between 25 and 200; the term “sugar bearing amine group(s)” means that the sugar radical is substituted with one or more amino groups NRIR2, i.e. at least one of the hydroxyl groups of at least one saccharide unit of the sugar radical is replaced with a group NRI R2, with Ri and R2, which may be identical or different, representing i) a hydrogen atom, ii) a (Ci- Ce)alkyl group, iii) an aryl group such as phenyl, iv) an aryl(Ci-C4)alkyl group such as benzyl, vii) -C(Y)-(Y’)f-R’i with Y and Y’, which may be identical or different, representing an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or N(R’2), preferably oxygen, f = 0 or 1 , preferably 0; and R’i and R’2 representing i) to vi) of Ri and R2 defined previously, and in particular R’i denoting a (Ci-Ce)alkyl group such as methyl. Preferably, Ri and/or R2 represent a hydrogen atom, or a (Ci-C4)alkylcarbonyl group such as acetyl, and more preferentially Ri represents a hydrogen atom and R2 represents a (Ci-C4)alkylcarbonyl group such as acetyl; the term “organic or mineral acid salt” more particularly means organic or mineral acid salts in particular chosen from a salt derived from i) hydrochloric acid HCI, ii) hydrobromic acid HBr, iii) sulfuric acid H2SO4, iv) alkylsulfonic acids: Alk-S(O)2OH such as methanesulfonic acid and ethanesulfonic acid; v) arylsulfonic acids: Ar-S(O)2OH such as benzenesulfonic acid and toluenesulfonic acid; vi) alkoxysulfinic acids: Alk-O- S(O)OH such as methoxysulfinic acid and ethoxysulfinic acid; vii) aryloxysulfinic acids such as tolueneoxysulfinic acid and phenoxysulfinic acid; viii) phosphoric acid H3PO4; ix) triflic acid CF3SO3H and x) tetrafluoroboric acid HBF4; xi) organic carboxylic acids R°-C(O)-OH (I’z), in which formula (I’z) R° represents a (hetero)aryl group such as phenyl, (hetero)aryl(Ci-C4)alkyl group such as benzyl, or (Ci-Cio)alkyl, said alkyl group being optionally substituted preferably with one or more hydroxyl groups or amino or carboxyl radicals, R° preferably denoting a (Ci-Ce)alkyl group optionally substituted with 1 , 2 or 3 hydroxyl or carboxyl groups; more preferentially, the monocarboxylic acids of formula (I’z) are chosen from acetic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, and mixtures thereof, and more particularly from acetic acid and lactic acid; and the polycarboxylic acids are chosen from tartaric acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, citric acid and mixtures thereof; and xii) amino acids including more carboxylic acid radicals than amino groups, such as y-carboxyglutamic acid, aspartic acid or glutamic acid, in particular y- carboxyglutamic acid; an “anionic counterion" is an anion or an anionic group associated with the cationic charge; more particularly, the anionic counterion is chosen from: i) halides such as chloride or bromide; ii) nitrates; iii) sulfonates, including Ci-Ce alkylsulfonates: Alk- S(O)2O' such as methylsulfonate or mesylate and ethylsulfonate; iv) arylsulfonates: Ar- S(O)2O' such as benzenesulfonate and toluenesulfonate or tosylate; v) citrate; vi) succinate; vii) tartrate; viii) lactate; ix) alkyl sulfates: Alk-0-S(0)O such as methyl sulfate and ethyl sulfate; x) aryl sulfates: Ar-O-S(O)O_ such as benzene sulfate and toluene sulfate; xi) alkoxy sulfates: Alk-O-S(O)2O' such as methoxy sulfate and ethoxy sulfate; xii) aryloxy sulfates: Ar-O-S(O)2O_; xiii) phosphate; xiv) acetate; xv) triflate; and xvi) borates such as tetrafluoroborate; the “solvates" represent hydrates and also the combination with linear or branched Ci- 04 alcohols such as ethanol, isopropanol or n-propanol; the term “chromophore" means a radical derived from a colourless or coloured compound that is capable of absorbing in the UV and/or visible radiation range at a wavelength Aabs of between 250 and 800 nm. Preferably, the chromophore is coloured, i.e. it absorbs wavelengths in the visible range, i.e. preferably between 400 and 800 nm. Preferably, the chromophores appear coloured to the eye, particularly between 400 and 700 nm (Ullmann’s Encyclopedia, 2005, Wiley-VcH, Verlag “Dyes, General Survey”, § 2.1 Basic Principle of Color); the term “fluorescent chromophore" means a chromophore which is also capable of reemitting in the visible range at an emission wavelength Aem of between 400 and 800 nm, and higher than the absorption wavelength, preferably with a Stoke’s shift, i.e. the difference between the maximum absorption wavelength and the emission wavelength is at least 10 nm. Preferably, fluorescent chromophores are derived from fluorescent dyes that are capable of absorbing in the visible range AabS, i.e. at a wavelength of between 400 and 800 nm, and of re-emitting in the visible range at a Aem of between 400 and 800 nm. More preferentially, fluorescent chromophores are capable of absorbing at a Aabs of between 420 and 550 nm and of re-emitting in the visible range Aem of between 470 and 600 nm; the term “optical brightening chromophore" means a chromophore derived from an optical brightening compound or “optical brighteners, optical brightening agents (OBAs)" or “fluorescent brightening agents (FBAs)" or “fluorescent whitening agents (FWAs)’’, i.e. agents which absorb UV radiation, i.e. at a wavelength AabS of between 250 and 350 nm, and of subsequently re-emitting this energy by fluorescence in the visible range at an emission wavelength Aem of between 400 and 600 nm, i.e. wavelengths between blue-violet and blue-green with a maximum in the blue range. Optical brightening chromophores are thus colourless to the eye; the term “UV-A screening agenf’ means a chromophore derived from a compound which screens out (or absorbs) UV-A ultraviolet rays at a wavelength of between 320 and 400 nm. A distinction may be made between short UV-A screening agents (which absorb rays at a wavelength of between 320 and 340 nm) and long UV-A screening agents (which absorb rays at a wavelength of between 340 and 400 nm); the term “UV-B screening agenf’ means a chromophore derived from a compound which screens out (or absorbs) UV-B ultraviolet rays at a wavelength of between 280 and 320 nm.
Furthermore, unless otherwise indicated, the limits delimiting the extent of a range of values are included in that range of values. a) The PHA copolymer(s)
Composition C1 of the invention comprises as first ingredient a) one or more PHA copolymers which contain, or preferably consist of, at least two different repeating polymer units chosen from the units (A) and (B) as defined previously. Composition C1 of the invention, which is preferably a cosmetic composition, comprises: a) one or more polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) copolymers which contain, and preferably consist of, at least two different repeating polymer units chosen from the units (A) and (B) below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
-[-O-CH(R1)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (A)
-[-O-CH(R2)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (B) in which polymer units (A) and (B):
- R1 represents a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched, non-cyclic hydrocarbon-based chain, or a saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon-based chain, comprising from 5 to 28 carbon atoms; particularly a hydrocarbon-based chain chosen from i) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkyl, ii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkenyl, iii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkynyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group is linear; said hydrocarbon-based chain being:
• optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups chosen from: a) halogen such as chlorine or bromine, b) hydroxyl, c) thiol, d) (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino, e) (th io) carboxy, f) (thio)carboxamide -C(O)-N(Ra)2 or C(S)-N(Ra)2, g) cyano, h) iso(thio)cyanate, i) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl or furyl, and j) (hetero)cycloalkyl such as anhydride, epoxide or dithiolane, k) cosmetic active agent; I) R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, P) heterocycloalkyl such as sugar, preferably monosaccharide such as glucose, y) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl, 5) cosmetic active agent, m) thiosulfate, and X representing a’) O, S, N(Ra) or Si(Rb)(Rc), b’) S(O)r, or (thio)carbonyl, c’) or combinations of a’) with b’) such as (thio)ester, (thio)amide, (thio)urea or sulfonamide; Ra representing a hydrogen atom, or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group or an aryl(Ci-C4)alkyl group such as benzyl; preferably, Ra represents a hydrogen atom; Rb and Rc, which may be identical or different, represent a (Ci-C4)alkyl or (Ci-C4)alkoxy group, particularly only one substituent; preferably chosen from b) halogen, and j) such as epoxide; and/or
• optionally interrupted with one or more a’) heteroatoms such as O, S, N(Ra) and Si(Rb)(Rc), b’) S(O)r, (thio)carbonyl, c’) or combinations of a’) with b’) such as (thio)ester, (thio)amide, (thio)urea or sulfonamide with r being equal to 1 or 2, Ra being as defined previously; preferably, Ra represents a hydrogen atom, Rb and Rc being as defined previously;
- R2 represents a cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based group comprising from 3 to 30 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1; in particular chosen from linear or branched (C3-C2s)alkyl and linear or branched (C3-C2s)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbon-based group, more particularly (C4-C2o)alkyl or (C4- C2o)alkenyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R1 from which at least one carbon atom is subtracted, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted; and b) one or more modified polysaccharides; and c) optionally one or more fatty substances, which are preferably liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure (i.e. 1.013x105 Pa); and d) optionally, one or more organic solvents other than c); e) optionally water; it being understood that:
- (A) is different from (B) and
Preferably, composition C1 contains c) one or more fatty substances and/or e) water, more preferentially c). More particularly c) and d).
Preferably, composition C1 contains ingredients c) and d) and e).
The term “co-polymer” means that said polymer is derived from the polycondensation of polymeric repeating units that are different from each other, i.e. said polymer is derived from the polycondensation of polymeric repeating units (A) that are different from each other, or from the polycondensation of polymeric repeating units (A) with (B), it being understood that the polymeric units (A) are different from the polymeric units (B), it being possible for said copolymer to be obtained from a single saturated or unsaturated aliphatic carbon source which is optionally substituted and/or interrupted, preferably unsubstituted and uninterrupted, or from several carbon sources, in particular at least one of which is an uninterrupted unsubstituted saturated aliphatic and the other carbon source(s) are saturated or unsaturated aliphatic, optionally substituted notably with a halogen atom such as bromine, or with a cyano group, a Bunte salt, a dithiolane radical, a carboxyl, etc.
According to one embodiment, the copolymer according to the invention is derived from a single carbon source, preferably a single saturated or unsaturated aliphatic carbon source which is optionally substituted and/or interrupted, preferably unsubstituted and uninterrupted.
According to one embodiment, the copolymer according to the invention is derived from several carbon sources, preferably from 2 to 10 carbon sources, more preferentially 2 to 5 carbon sources and even more preferentially 2 carbon sources. According to one embodiment, the copolymer according to the invention is derived from several carbon sources and at least one is saturated aliphatic. According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) consist of two different repeating polymer units chosen from the units (A) and (B) as defined previously.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) comprise, preferably consist of, two different repeating polymer units chosen from the units (A) as defined previously, the units (B) such that R2 represents a cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based group comprising from 3 to 30 carbon atoms; in particular chosen from linear or branched (C3-C2s)alkyl and linear or branched (C3-C2s)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbon-based group, more particularly (C4-C2o)alkyl or (C4-C2o)alkenyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R1 from which at least one carbon atom is subtracted, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted.
More particularly, the PHA copolymer(s) according to the invention comprise the repeating unit of formula (I), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
Figure imgf000013_0001
in which formula (I):
• R1 and R2 are as defined previously;
• m and n are integers greater than or equal to 1 ; preferably, the sum n + m is inclusively between 450 and 1400; preferably, m > n when R1 and R2 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group - more preferentially, when R1 and R2 are linear alkyl, then R1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted such as a C3-C11 alkyl group; and preferably, m < n when R1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl group, an optionally substituted and/or interrupted alkenyl group or an optionally substituted and/or interrupted alkynyl group, and R2 represents an alkyl group. According to a particular embodiment, the PHA copolymer(s) of composition a) contain three different repeating polymer units (A), (B) and (C), and preferably consist of three different polymer units (A), (B) and (C) below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
-[-O-CH(R1)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (A)
-[-O-CH(R2)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (B)
-[-O-CH(R3)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (C) in which polymer units (A), (B) and (C):in which polymer units (A), (B) and (C):
- R1 and R2 are as defined previously;
- R3 represents a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrocarbon-based group comprising from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1; in particular represents a hydrocarbon-based group chosen from linear or branched (Ci-C2s)alkyl, and linear or branched (C2-C2s)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbon-based group, more particularly (C4-C2o)alkenyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms in the radical R1, or else corresponding to the number of carbon atoms in the radical R1 minus at least three carbon atoms, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms in the radical R1 minus four carbon atoms; and it being understood that:
- (A) is different from (B) and (C), (B) is different from (A) and (C), and (C) is different from (A) and (B); and
- preferably, when R1, R2 and R3 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group, the molar percentage of units (A) is greater than the molar percentage of units (B), and the molar percentage of units (B) is greater than the molar percentage of units (C) - more preferentially, when R1, R2 and R3 are linear alkyl, then R1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted, and R3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted; and
- preferably, when R1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, then the molar percentage of units (A) is less than the molar percentage of units (B) and the molar percentage of units (C) is less than the molar percentage of units (B) notably if R2 represents an alkyl group and/or R3 represents an alkyl group.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) comprise the repeating unit of formula (II), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
Figure imgf000015_0001
in which formula (II):
• R1, R2 and R3 are as defined previously;
• m, n and p are integers greater than or equal to 1 ; preferably, the sum n + m + p is inclusively between 450 and 1400; and
- preferably, m > n + p when R1, R2 and R3 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group - more preferentially, when R1, R2 and R3 are linear alkyl, then R1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted such as a C3-C11 alkyl group, and R3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted such as a C1-C9 alkyl group; and
- preferably, m < n + p when R1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl group, an optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl group or an optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, and R2 and R3 represent an alkyl group.
According to a particular embodiment, the PHA copolymer(s) of composition a) contain four different repeating polymer units (A), (B), (C) and (D), and preferably consist of four different polymer units (A), (B), (C) and (D), below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
-[-O-CH(R1)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (A)
-[-O-CH(R2)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (B)
-[-O-CH(R3)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (C)
-[-O-CH(R4)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (D) in which polymer units (A), (B), (C) and (D): - R1, R2 and R3 are as defined previously;
- R4 represents a cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated hydrocarbonbased group comprising from 3 to 30 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1; it in particular represents a hydrocarbon-based group chosen from linear or branched (C4-C2s)alkyl optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1; and it being understood that:
- (A) is different from (B), (C) and (D), (B) is different from (A), (C) and (D), (C) is different from (A), (B) and (D), and (D) is different from (A), (B) and (C); and
- preferably, when R1, R2, R3 and R4 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group, the molar percentage of units (A) is greater than the molar percentage of units (B), greater than the molar percentage of units (C), and greater than the molar percentage of units (D) - more preferentially, when R1, R2, R3 and R4 are linear alkyl, then R1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted such as a C3-C11 alkyl group, R3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted such as a C1-C9 alkyl group, and R4 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which six carbon atoms are subtracted; and
- preferably, when R1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, then the molar percentage of units (A) is less than the molar percentage of units (B), the molar percentage of units (C) is less than the molar percentage of units (B), notably if R2 represents an alkyl group and/or R3 represents an alkyl group, and R4 represents an optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) comprise the repeating unit of formula (III), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
Figure imgf000017_0001
(Hl| in which formula (III):
• R1, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined previously;
• m, n, p and v are integers greater than or equal to 1 ;
- preferably, the sum n + m + p + v is inclusively between 450 and 1400; and
- preferably, when R1, R2, R3 and R4 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group, then m > n + p + q - more preferentially, when R1, R2, R3 and R4 are linear alkyl, then R1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted, R3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted, and R4 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which six carbon atoms are subtracted; and
- preferably, when R1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, and R2 and R3 represent an alkyl group, and R4 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, then n > m + v; more preferentially n + p > m + v.
According to one embodiment, the PHA copolymer(s) of composition a) more particularly contain five different repeating polymer units (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E), and preferably consist of five different polymer units (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E), below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and also the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
-[-O-CH(R1)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (A)
-[-O-CH(R2)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (B)
-[-O-CH(R3)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (C)
-[-O-CH(R4)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (D)
-[-O-CH(R5)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (E) in which polymer units (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E):
- R1, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined previously; and - R5 represents a cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated hydrocarbonbased group comprising from 3 to 30 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1; it in particular represents a hydrocarbon-based group chosen from linear or branched (C4-C2s)alkyl optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1; preferably, the hydrocarbonbased group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R4 from which at least one carbon atom is subtracted, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R4 from which at least two carbon atoms are subtracted, preferably from which two carbon atoms are subtracted; it being understood that:
- (A) is different from (B), (C), (D) and (E); (B) is different from (A), (C), (D) and (E); (C) is different from (A), (B), (D) and (E); (D) is different from (A), (B), (C) and (E); and (E) is different from (A), (B), (C) and (D); and
- preferably, when R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group, the molar percentage of units (A) is greater than the molar percentage of units (B), greater than the molar percentage of units (C), greater than the molar percentage of units (D) and greater than the molar percentage of units (E) - more preferentially, when R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are linear alkyl, then R1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted, R3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted, R4 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which six carbon atoms are subtracted, and R5 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which eight carbon atoms are subtracted; and
- preferably, when R1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, then the molar percentage of units (A) is less than the molar percentage of units (B) and the molar percentage of units (C) is less than the molar percentage of units (B) notably if R2 represents an alkyl group and/or R3 represents an alkyl group, and R4 and R5 represent a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group. According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) comprise the repeating unit of formula (IV), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
Figure imgf000019_0001
in which formula (IV):
• R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are as defined previously;
• m, n, p, v and z are integers greater than or equal to 1 ; preferably, the sum n + m + p + v + z is inclusively between 450 and 1400; and
- preferably, when R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group, then m > n + p + v + z;
- preferably, when R1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl; optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl; or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, R2 and R3 represent an alkyl group, and the groups R4 and R5 represent a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl; optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl; or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, then n > m + v + z; more preferentially n + p > m + v + z.
Preferably, R1 represents a linear or branched, preferably linear, (Cs-C28)alkyl hydrocarbonbased chain. According to one embodiment of composition C1 according to the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) are such that the radical R1 is an alkyl group comprising 5 to 14 and preferably between 6 and 12 carbon atoms, more preferentially between 7 and 10 carbon atoms such as n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl or n-nonyl.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the hydrocarbon-based chain R1 is unsubstituted. According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the hydrocarbonbased chain R1 is uninterrupted.
According to another embodiment, the hydrocarbon-based chain of the radical R1 of the invention is 1) either substituted, 2) or interrupted, 3) or substituted and interrupted.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R1 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain, notably an alkyl group as defined previously, which is interrupted with one or more (preferably one) atoms or groups chosen from O, S, N(Ra) and carbonyl, or combinations thereof such as ester, amide or urea, with Ra being as defined previously, preferably Ra represents a hydrogen atom; preferably, R1 represents an alkyl group which is interrupted with one or more atoms chosen from O and S, more preferentially with an O or S, notably S, atom. In particular, when it represents an interrupted hydrocarbon-based chain, notably alkyl, R1 is C7-C20, more particularly Cs-Cis and even more particularly C9-C16. Preferably, said interrupted hydrocarbon-based chain, notably alkyl, is linear.
According to another embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R1 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain, notably an alkyl group as defined previously, substituted with one or more (preferably one) atoms or groups chosen from: a) to k) as defined previously. Preferably, said hydrocarbon-based chain is substituted with only one atom or group chosen from: a) to k) as defined previously.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R1 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain, notably an alkyl group as defined previously, which is substituted with one or more (preferably one) groups chosen from a) halogen such as chlorine or bromine, b) hydroxyl, c) thiol, d) (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino and preferably amino, e) carboxyl, i) (hetero)cycloalkyl such as anhydride, dithiolane or epoxide, j) a cosmetic active agent chosen from coloured or uncoloured, fluorescent or non-fluorescent chromophores such as optical brighteners, UV-screening agents, h) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl or furyl, k) R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, P) heterocycloalkyl such as a sugar radical, preferably a monosaccharide such as glucosyl, y) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl, 5) a cosmetic active agent as defined previously, m) thiosulfate and X representing a’) O, S, N(Ra), b’) carbonyl, c’) or combinations thereof of a’) with b’) such as ester, amide or urea; Ra represents a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl or aryl(Ci-C4)alkyl group such as benzyl, preferably Ra represents a hydrogen atom.
Even more preferentially, the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R1 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain, notably an alkyl group as defined previously, which is substituted with one or more (preferably one) groups chosen from a) halogen such as chlorine or bromine, b) hydroxyl, d) (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino, preferably amino, e) carboxyl, i) (hetero)cycloalkyl such as epoxide, h) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl or furyl, k) R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, ) heterocycloalkyl such as a sugar radical, preferably a monosaccharide such as glucosyl, y) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl, and X representing a’) O, S or N(Ra), preferably S; Ra representing a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group, preferably Ra represents a hydrogen atom. According to one embodiment, said substituted hydrocarbon-based chain, notably alkyl, is linear.
According to another embodiment, said substituted hydrocarbon-based chain, notably alkyl, is branched.
According to another particular embodiment of the invention, the hydrocarbon-based chain of the radical R1 of the invention is substituted and interrupted.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the hydrocarbon-based chain (notably an alkyl group as defined previously) of the radical R1 of the invention is:
- substituted with one or more (preferably one) groups chosen from a) halogen such as chlorine or bromine, b) hydroxyl, c) thiol, d) (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino and preferably amino, e) carboxyl, i) (hetero)cycloalkyl such as anhydride, dithiolane or epoxide, j) a cosmetic active agent chosen from coloured or uncoloured, fluorescent or non- fluorescent chromophores such as optical brighteners, UV-screening agents, h) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl or furyl, k) R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, ) heterocycloalkyl such as a sugar, preferably a monosaccharide such as glucose, y) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl, 5) a cosmetic active agent as defined previously and X representing a’) O, S, N(Ra), b’) carbonyl, c’) or combinations thereof of a’) with b’) such as ester, amide or urea; Ra representing a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl or aryl(Ci-C4)alkyl group such as benzyl, preferably Ra represents a hydrogen atom; and
- interrupted with one or more (preferably one) atoms or groups chosen from O, S, N(Ra) and carbonyl, or combinations thereof such as ester, amide or urea, with Ra being as defined previously, preferably Ra represents a hydrogen atom; preferably an alkyl group which is interrupted with one or more atoms chosen from O and S, more preferentially with an O or S, notably S, atom. In particular, when it represents an interrupted hydrocarbon-based chain, notably alkyl, R1 is C7-C20, more particularly Cs-Cis and even more particularly C9-C16.
According to a preferred embodiment of the invention, the hydrocarbon-based chain (notably an alkyl group as defined previously) of the radical R1 of the invention is:
- substituted with one or more (preferably one) groups chosen from a) halogen such as chlorine or bromine, b) hydroxyl, d) (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino, preferably amino, e) carboxyl, i) (hetero)cycloalkyl such as epoxide, h) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl or furyl, k) R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, P) heterocycloalkyl such as a sugar, preferably a monosaccharide such as glucose, y) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl, and X representing a’) O, S or N(Ra), preferably S; Ra representing a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group, preferably Ra represents a hydrogen atom; and
- interrupted with one or more (preferably one) atoms or groups chosen from O, S, N(Ra) and carbonyl, or combinations thereof such as ester, amide or urea, with Ra being as defined previously, preferably Ra represents a hydrogen atom; preferably an alkyl group which is interrupted with one or more atoms chosen from O and S, more preferentially with an O or S, notably S, atom. In particular, when it represents an interrupted hydrocarbon-based chain, notably alkyl, R1 is C7-C20, more particularly Cs-Cis and even more particularly C9-C16.
Preferably, said substituted and interrupted hydrocarbon-based chain is notably alkyl, and is preferably linear.
More preferentially, when said hydrocarbon-based chain R1 is substituted, it is substituted at the end of the chain on the opposite side from the carbon atom which bears said radical R1.
According to one embodiment of the invention, said hydrocarbon-based chain R1 has the following formula -(CH2)r-X-(ALK)u-G with X being as defined previously, in particular representing O, S or N(Ra), preferably S, ALK represents a linear or branched, preferably linear, (Ci-Cw)alkylene and more particularly (Ci-Cs)alkylene chain, r represents an integer inclusively between 6 and 11 , preferably between 7 and 10 such as 8; u is equal to 0 or 1 ; and G represents a hydrogen atom or a group chosen from hydroxyl, carboxyl, (di)(Ci- C4)(alkyl)amino, (hetero)aryl in particular aryl such as phenyl, cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, or a sugar, in particular a monosaccharide optionally protected with one or more groups such as acyl, preferably Sug.
Figure imgf000022_0001
(Ci-C4)alkyl group such as methyl; preferably, when u is equal to 0, G represents a cycloalkyl group such as cyclohexyl, or a sugar as defined previously; according to another advantageous variant, when u is equal to 1 , G represents a hydrogen atom or a group chosen from hydroxyl, carboxyl, (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino or (hetero)aryl, in particular aryl such as phenyl. According to another particular embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R1 represents (Cs-C28)alkyl substituted with one or more halogen atoms such as fluorine, chlorine or bromine, more particularly linear (C4-C20) alkyl, even more particularly (Cs-Ci3)alkyl, substituted with a halogen atom such as bromine. Preferably, the halogen atom is substituted at the end of said alkyl group. More preferentially, R1 represents 1-halo-5-yl such as 1-bromo-5-yl.
According to another particular embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R1 represents a (Cs-C28)alkyl group substituted with one or more groups chosen from g) cyano, and more particularly represents a (C3-Ci3)alkyl group, which is preferably linear, substituted with a cyano group g), such as 1-cyano-3-propyl.
According to another particular embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R1 represents vii) a (hetero)aryl(Ci-C2)alkyl and more particularly aryl(Ci- C2)alkyl group, preferably phenylethyl.
According to another particular embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R1 represents a (Cs-C28)alkyl group substituted with one or more groups chosen from c) (hetero)cycloalkyl. More particularly, R1 represents a (Cs-Ci3)alkyl group, which is preferably linear, substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group such as epoxide or dithiolane, preferably epoxide.
In particular, the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R2 is chosen from linear or branched (C1- C2s)alkyl, and linear or branched (C2-C2s)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbonbased group, more particularly (C3-C2o)alkyl or (C3-C2o)alkenyl, preferably linear or branched, and more particularly linear, (C3-C2o)alkyl.
In particular, the PHA copolymer(s) are such that R2 is chosen from linear or branched (C1- C2s)alkyl, and linear or branched (C2-C2s)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbonbased group, more particularly (C3-C2o)alkyl or (C3-C2o)alkenyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R1 from which at least one carbon atom is subtracted, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted.
According to one embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) are such that the radical R2 is a linear or branched, preferably linear, (C3-Cs)alkyl, in particular (C3-Ce)alkyl, preferably (C4-Ce)alkyl group such as n-pentyl or n-hexyl.
According to another embodiment of composition C1 or C1’ according to the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) comprise a branched (C3-Cs)alkyl, particularly (C4-Ce)alkyl radical R2, preferably a branched (C4-Cs)alkyl radical such as isobutyl.
According to another embodiment of composition C1 or C1’ according to the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) of the invention comprise the units (A) bearing an alkenyl radical R1 as defined previously, the units (B) as defined previously and the units (C) bearing a linear or branched (C6-C2o)alkenyl, particularly (C?-Ci4)alkenyl and more particularly (Cs- C )alkenyl radical, which is preferably linear and comprising only one unsaturation at the chain end, in particular, -[CR4(R5)]q-C(R6)=C(R7)-R8 with R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8, which may be identical or different, representing a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group such as methyl, preferably a hydrogen atom, and q represents an integer inclusively between 2 and 20, preferably between 3 and 10, more preferentially between 4 and 8 such as 6, such as -[CH2]q-CH=CH2 and q represents an integer inclusively between 3 and 8, preferably between 4 and 6, such as 5.
According to one embodiment of composition C1 or C1’ according to the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) comprise units (A) bearing an alkyl radical R1 comprising between 8 and 16 carbon atoms substituted with one or more (preferably one) groups chosen from hydroxyl, (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino, carboxyl, and R-X- as defined previously, preferably R-S- with R representing a cycloalkyl group such as cyclohexyl, heterocycloalkyl such as a sugar, more preferentially a monosaccharide such as glucose, optionally substituted aryl(Ci-C4)alkyl such as (Ci-C4)(alkyl)benzyl or phenylethyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C4)alkyl such as furylmethyl.
According to one embodiment of composition C1’ according to the invention, the copolymer(s) comprise units (B) bearing a linear or branched, preferably linear, (Ci- Cs)alkyl, particularly (C2-C6)alkyl, preferably (C4-Cs)alkyl radical R2 such as pentyl.
According to another embodiment of composition C1 according to the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) comprise units (A) containing an alkyl radical R1 as defined previously, units (B) as defined previously and units (C) containing a linear or branched (Ce- C2o)alkenyl, particularly (C?-Ci4)alkenyl radical and more particularly (Cs-Cio)alkenyl radical, which is preferably linear, and comprising only one unsaturation at the chain end such as -[CH2]q-CH=CH2 and p represents an integer inclusively between 3 and 8, preferably between 4 and 6, such as 5.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, in the PHA copolymer(s), the unit (A) comprises a hydrocarbon-based chain as defined previously, in particular ii), said unit (A) preferably being present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.1 % to 99%, more preferentially a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 50%, even more preferentially a molar percentage ranging from 1% to 40%, better still a molar percentage ranging from 2% to 30%, or a molar percentage ranging from 5% to 20%.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, in the PHA copolymer(s), the unit (A) is preferably present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 99%.
According to one embodiment, when R1 represents a (Cs-C28)alkyl group, the unit (A) is preferably present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 99%, more preferentially from 50% to 99%, more particularly from 60% to 99% and even more preferentially from 70% to 99%. According to this embodiment, the unit (B) is preferably present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 40%, more preferentially from 2% to 40%; and the unit (C) is preferably present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 20% relative to all the units (A), (B) and (C).
According to another embodiment, when R1 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain chosen from i) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkyl, ii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkenyl, iii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkynyl, preferably the hydrocarbon-based group is linear, said hydrocarbon-based chain being substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1; it in particular represents a hydrocarbon-based group chosen from linear or branched (C4- C2s)alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined previously, the unit (A) is preferably present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.1% to 99%, more preferably from 0.5% to 99%, preferentially a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 50%, more preferentially from 1% to 50%, even more preferentially from 1% to 40%, better from 2% to 40%, better still from 2% to 30%, even better from 5% to 30% and still better from 5% to 20% and more particularly from 10% to 30%; the unit (B) is present in a molar percentage ranging from 1% to 99.5%, preferably from 1 % to 90%, more preferentially from 2% to 70%; the unit (C) is present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 20% relative to all the units (A), (B) and (C). Advantageously, the PHA copolymer(s) of the invention comprise from 2 mol% to 70 mol% of units (B) and from 0.5 mol% to 10 mol% of units (C); more advantageously, the copolymer comprises from 5 mol% to 70 mol% of units (B), and from 0.5 mol% to 7 mol% of units (C).
According to a more particular embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) are such that, in the PHA copolymer(s) a):
- the unit (A) comprises a hydrocarbon-based chain with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined previously, said unit (A) being present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.1% to 99%, preferentially a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 50%, more preferentially a molar percentage ranging from 1 % to 40%, even more preferentially a molar percentage ranging from 2% to 30% of units (A); and
- the unit (B) is present in a molar percentage ranging from 1% to 40%, preferentially a molar percentage from 2% to 40%, more preferentially a molar percentage from 5% to 30% of units (B); and/or
- the unit (C) is present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 20%, preferentially a molar percentage from 1% to 10%, more preferentially from 0.5 mol% to 7 mol% of units (C). Preferably, when R1 of the unit (A) is a saturated unsubstituted and uninterrupted hydrocarbon-based chain, said unit (A) is present in a molar percentage of greater than 30%, more particularly greater than 50%, more preferentially greater than 60%, preferably between 60% and 90%. The values of the molar percentages of the units (A), (B) and (C) of the PHA copolymer(s) are calculated relative to the total number of moles of (A) + (B) if the copolymer(s) do not comprise any additional units (C); otherwise, if the copolymer(s) of the invention contain three different units (A), (B) and (C), then the molar percentage is calculated relative to the total number of moles (A) + (B) + (C); otherwise, if the copolymer(s) of the invention contain four different units (A), (B), (C) and (D), then the molar percentage is calculated relative to the total number of moles (A) + (B) + (C) + (D); otherwise, if the copolymer(s) of the invention contain five different units (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E), then the molar percentage is calculated relative to the total number of moles (A) + (B) + (C) + (D) + (E). According to a particular form of the invention, the unit(s) (A) of the PHA copolymer(s) of the invention are chosen from the following repeating units (A), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
Figure imgf000027_0001
in which repeating units A1 to A12:
- ALKi represents a divalent linear or branched C1-C20, preferably linear or branched, more preferentially linear, C1-C10, hydrocarbon-based radical; - ALK2 represents a divalent linear or branched C1-C20, preferably linear or branched Ci-
012, hydrocarbon-based radical;
- Rr and Rw independently denote a hydrogen atom or a C1-C4 alkyl radical such as methyl; preferably, Rr and Rw are identical;
- Hal represents a halogen atom such as bromine; - Ar: represents a (hetero)aryl group such as phenyl;
- Cycl’: represents a cycloalkyl group such as cyclohexyl or heterocycloalkyl such as dithiolane, or epoxide, preferably epoxide;
- Fur: represents a furyl group, preferably 2-furyl; - Sug: represents a sugar group, in particular a monosaccharide optionally protected with one or more groups such as acyl, in particular acetyl.
In particular, the stereochemistry of the carbon atoms bearing the radicals R1 is of (R) configuration. According to one form of the invention, the PHA copolymer(s) of the invention comprise the repeating units (B) of formula (A12), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates, it being understood that (B) is different from (A).
Preferentially, the PHA copolymer(s) of the invention comprise the following repeating units, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0002
m and n are as defined previously, Hal represents a halogen atom such as bromine and t represents an integer between 1 and 10, preferably between 3 and 8 such as 6.
Ar: represents a (hetero)aryl group such as phenyl; Ar’: represents a (Ci-C4)alkyl(hetero)aryl group such as t-butylphenyl, preferably 4-t- butylphenyl;
Cycl: represents a cyclohexyl group;
Fur: represents a furyl group, preferably 2-furyl;
Sug: represents a sugar group, in particular a monosaccharide optionally protected with one or more groups such as acyl; preferably, Sug represents:
Figure imgf000029_0001
representing a group Rf-C(O)-, with Rf representing a (C1-C4) alkyl group such as methyl. In particular, the stereochemistry of the carbon atoms bearing the radicals R1 and R2 is of the same (R) or (S) configuration, preferably of (R) configuration.
More particularly, the stereochemistry of the carbon atoms bearing the radicals R1, R2 and R3 is of the same (R) or (S) configuration, preferably of (R) configuration. More particularly, the stereochemistry of the carbon atoms bearing the radicals R1, R2, R3 and R4 is of the same (R) or (S) configuration, preferably of (R) configuration.
More particularly, the stereochemistry of the carbon atoms bearing the radicals R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 is of the same (R) or (S) configuration, preferably of (R) configuration.
More preferentially, the PHA copolymer(s) have the following formula, and also the optical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000030_0002
Figure imgf000031_0001
m, n, Hal, t, Ar, Ar’, Cycl, Fur and Sug are as defined previously for compounds (1) to (14).
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000032_0002
Figure imgf000032_0003
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
Preferably, the PHA(s) of the invention are chosen from compounds (15), (16) and (17), in particular (16).
More particularly, the PHA(s) of the invention are chosen from compounds (15’), (16’) and (17’), in particular (16’).
More particularly, the PHA a) of the invention is compound (23’).
Preferably, the PHA(s) a) of the invention are chosen from compounds (25), (26), (31) and (32), in particular (26).
According to a particularly preferred embodiment of the invention, the PHA polymer(s) a) are chosen from the polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) copolymers of examples 1 , 11 , 12, 21 and 25 as described thereafter; more preferentially from examples 1d, 1 T, 12, 21 and 25 as described thereafter.
The PHA copolymer(s) of the invention preferably have a number-average molecular weight ranging from 50 000 to 150 000.
The molecular weight may notably be measured by size exclusion chromatography. A method is described below in the examples.
Preferably, the PHA copolymer(s) are present in composition C1 according to the invention in a content ranging from 0.1% to 65% by weight; more preferably from 0.1 % to 60 % by weight, preferentially from 1 % to 50% by weight; more preferentially from 3 % to 40 % by weight, even more preferentially from 5 % to 35 % by weight, better from 10 % to 30 %, and even better from 15 % to 20 % by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition. According to a variant of the present invention, the composition, preferably cosmetic, comprises: a) one or more polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) copolymers comprising, preferably consisting in, several repeating polymer units chosen from the units (A) below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
-[-O-CH(R1)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (A) in which polymer units (A):
• R1 represents a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched, non-cyclic hydrocarbon-based chain, or a saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or nonaromatic cyclic hydrocarbon-based chain, comprising from 5 to 28 carbon atoms; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based chain is chosen from i) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkyl, ii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkenyl, iii) linear or branched (Cs- C2s)alkynyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group is linear; said hydrocarbon-based chain being: o optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups chosen from: a) halogen such as chlorine or bromine, b) hydroxyl, c) thiol, d) (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino, e) (th io) carboxy, f) (thio)carboxamide -C(O)-N(Ra)2 or C(S)-N(Ra)2, g) cyano, h) iso(thio)cyanate, i) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl or furyl, and j) (hetero)cycloalkyl such as anhydride, epoxide or dithiolane, k) cosmetic active agent; I) R-Xwith R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, P) heterocycloalkyl such as sugar, preferably monosaccharide such as glucose, y) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl, 5) cosmetic active agent, m) thiosulfate, and X representing a’) O, S, N(Ra) or Si(Rb)(Rc), b’) S(O)r, or (thio)carbonyl, c’) or combinations of a’) with b’) such as (thio)ester, (thio)amide, (thio)urea or sulfonamide; Ra representing a hydrogen atom, or a (Ci- C4)alkyl group or an aryl(Ci-C4)alkyl group such as benzyl; preferably, Ra represents a hydrogen atom; Rb and Rc, which may be identical or different, represent a (Ci-C4)alkyl or (Ci-C4)alkoxy group, particularly only one substituent; preferably chosen from b) halogen, and j) such as epoxide; and/or o optionally interrupted with one or more a’) heteroatoms such as O, S, N(Ra) and Si(Rb)(Rc), b’) S(O)r, (thio)carbonyl, c’) or combinations of a’) with b’) such as (thio)ester, (thio)amide, (thio)urea, sulfonamide with r being equal to 1 or 2, Ra being as defined previously; preferably, Ra represents a hydrogen atom, Rb and Rc being as defined above; and b) one or more modified polysaccharides; c) optionally one or more fatty substances, which are preferably liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure; d) optionally, one or more organic solvents other than c); e) optionally water; and preferably the composition contains c) and d).
Method for preparing the PH A copolymer(s):
The methods for preparing the PHA copolymer(s) of the invention are known to those skilled in the art. Mention may notably be made of the use of “functionalizable" PHA- producing microbial strains.
The term “functionalizable" means that the PHA copolymer(s) comprise a hydrocarbonbased chain comprising one or more atoms or groups that are capable of reacting chemically with another reagent - also referred to as “reactive atoms or reactive groups" - to give a Z covalent bond with said reagent. The reagent is, for example, a compound comprising at least one nucleophilic group and said functionalized hydrocarbon-based chain comprises at least one electrophilic or nucleofugal atom or group, the nucleophilic group(s) reacting with the electrophilic group(s) to covalently graft Z the reagent. The nucleophilic reagent may also react with one or more unsaturations of the alkenyl group(s) to also lead to grafting by covalent bonding of the functionalized hydrocarbonbased chain with said reagent. The addition reaction may also be radical-based, an addition of Markovnikov or anti-Markovnikov type, or nucleophilic or electrophilic substitution. The addition or condensation reactions may or may not take place via a radical route, with or without the use of catalysts or of enzymes, with heating preferably to a temperature less than or equal to 100°C or without supplying heat, under a pressure of greater than 1 atm or otherwise, under an inert atmosphere or otherwise, or under oxygen or otherwise.
The term “nucleophilic" refers to any atom or group which is electron-donating by an inductive effect +l and/or a mesomeric effect +M. Electron-donating groups that may be mentioned include hydroxyl, thiol and amino groups.
The term “electrophilic” refers to any atom or group which is electron-withdrawing by an inductive effect -I and/or a mesomeric effect -M.
The microorganisms producing PHAs of the invention notably bearing a hydrocarbonbased chain may be naturally produced by the bacterial kingdom, such as Cyanobacteria of the order of Nostocales (e.g.: Nostoc muscorum, Synechocystis and Synechococcus) but mainly by the Proteobacteria, for example in the class of: -beta-Proteobacteria, of the order Burkholderiales (Cupriavidus negator synonym Ralstonia eutropha)
-alpha-Proteobacteria, of the order Rhodobacteriales (Rhodobacter capsulatus marine and photosynthetic)
-gamma-Proteobacteria, of the order Pseudomonales of the family Moraxellaceae (Acinetobacter junii).
Among the microorganisms of the bacterial kingdom, the genera Azotobacter, Hydrogenomomas or Chromatium are the most representative of the PHA-producing organisms.
The organisms which naturally produce PHAs bearing notably a C3-C5 hydrocarbon-based chain are notably Proteobacteria, such as gamma-Proteobacteria, and more particularly of the order Pseudomonales of the family Pseudomonas such as Pseudomonas resinovorans, Pseudomonas putida, Pseudomonas fluorescens, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas citronellol is, Pseudomonas mendocina, Pseudomonas chlororaphis and preferably Pseudomonas putida and in particular Pseudomonas putida GPo1 and Pseudomonas putida KT2440.
Certain organisms may also naturally produce PHAs without belonging to the order of Pseudomonales, such as Commamonas testosteroni which belongs to the class of beta- Proteobacteria of the order Burkholderiales of the family of Comamonadaceae.
The microorganism producing PHAs according to the invention may also be a recombinant strain if a 3-oxidation PHA synthase metabolic pathway is present. The 3-oxidation PHA synthase metabolic pathway is mainly represented by four classes of enzymes, EC: 2.3.1 B2, EC: 2.3.1 B3, EC: 2.3.1 B4 and EC: 2.3.1 B5.
The recombinant strain may be from the Bacteria kingdom, for instance Escherichia coli, or from the Plantae kingdom, for instance Chlorella pyrenoidosa (International Journal of Biological Macromolecules, 116, 552-562 “Influence of nitrogen on growth, biomass composition, production, and properties of polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHAs) by microalgae”) or from the Fungi kingdom, for instance Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Yarrowia lipolytica: Applied Microbiology and Biotechnology 91 , 1327-1340 (2011) “Engineering polyhydroxyalkanoate content and monomer composition in the oleaginous yeast Yarrowia lipolytica by modifying the p-oxidation multifunctional protein”).
Use may also be made of genetically modified microorganisms, which may make it possible, for example, to increase the production of PHA, and/or to increase the oxygen consumption capacity, and/or to reduce the autolysis and/or to modify the monomer ratio. It is known that, for PHAs, a large portion of the total production cost is devoted to the culture medium and mainly to the substrate/carbon source. Use may thus be made of genetically modified microorganisms using a smaller amount of nutrient (carbon source) for their growth, for example microorganisms that are photo-autotrophic by nature, i.e. using light and CO2 as main energy source.
The copolymer may be obtained in a known manner by biosynthesis, for example with the microorganisms belonging to the genus Pseudomonas, such as Pseudomonas resinovorans, Pseudomomonas putida, Pseudomonas fluorescens, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas citronellol is, Pseudomonas mendocina, Pseudomonas chlororaphis and preferably Pseudomonas putida', and with a carbon source which may be a C2-C20, preferably Ce-Cis, carboxylic acid, such as acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, hexanoic acid, heptanoic acid, octanoic acid, nonanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, or an alkenoic acid such as undecylenic acid; a saccharide, such as fructose, maltose, lactose, xylose, arabinose, etc.); an n-alkane, such as hexane, octane or dodecane; an n-alcohol, such as methanol, ethanol, octanol or glycerol; methane or carbon dioxide.
The biosynthesis may optionally be performed in the presence of an inhibitor of the p- oxidation pathway, such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, propionic acid, cinnamic acid, salicylic acid, pentenoic acid, 2-butynoic acid, 2-octynoic acid or phenylpropionic acid, and preferably acrylic acid.
According to one embodiment, the process for preparing the PHAs of the invention uses microbial cells which produce PHAs via genetically modified microorganisms (GMOs). The genetic modification may increase the production of PHA, increase the oxygen absorption capacity, increase the resistance to the toxicity of solvents, reduce the autolysis, modify the ratio of the PHA comonomers, and/or any combination thereof. In some of these embodiments, the modification of the comonomer ratio of the unit (A) increases the amount of predominant monomer versus (B) of the PHA of the invention which is obtained. In another embodiment, the PHA-producing microbial cells reproduce naturally.
By way of example, a genetically modified microbial strain producing PHA that is functionalizable or comprising a reactive group that may be mentioned is Pseudomonas entomophila LAC23 (Biomacromolecules. 2014 Jun 9;15(6):2310-9. doi: 10.1021/bm500669s).
It is also possible to use genetically modified microorganisms which produce phenylvaleric- co-3-hydroxydodecanoic copolymers (Sci. China Life Sci., Shen R., et al., 57, No. 1 , (2014) with a strain such as Pseudomonas entomophila LAC23.
Nutrients, such as water-soluble salts based on nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur, magnesium, sodium, potassium and iron, may also be used for the biosynthesis.
The appropriate known conditions of temperature, pH and dissolved oxygen (OD) can be used for the culturing of the microorganisms. The microorganisms may be cultured according to any known method of culturing, such as in a bioreactor in continuous or batch mode, in fed or unfed mode.
The biosynthesis of the polymers used according to the invention is notably described in the article “Biosynthesis and Properties of Medium-Chain-Length Polyhydroxyalkanoates with Enriched Content of the Dominant Monomer”, Xun Juan et al., Biomacromolecules 2012, 13, 2926-2932, and in patent application WO 2011/069244.
The microbial strains producing PHA which is functionalizable or comprising a reactive group, as defined previously, are, for example, of the genus Pseudomonas such as P. cichorii YN2, P. citronellolis, P. jessenii, and more generally with species of Pseudomonas putida such as Pseudomonas putida GPo1 (synonym of Pseudomonas oleovorans), P. putida KT2442, P. putida KT2440, P. putida KCTC 2407 and P. putida BM01 , and in particular P. putida KT2440.
The carbon source(s):
One means for gaining access to the PHAs of the invention is to introduce one or more organic compounds into the culture medium, this or these organic compounds representing one or more carbon sources preferably chosen from alkanes, alkenes, alcohols, carboxylic acids and a mixture thereof.
In one embodiment, the organic compound(s) will preferably be chosen from alcohols, carboxylic acids and a mixture thereof.
The carbon source(s) may be classified in two categories:
1) Carbon source via one or more organic compounds introduced into the medium: According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the organic compound(s) are chosen from alcohols, in particular (Cs-C2o)alkanols, and/or carboxylic acids, in particular optionally substituted and/or interrupted (Cs-C2o)alkanoic acids, notably (Cs-C2o)alkanoic acids such as (C7-Cn)alkanoic acids, for instance nonanoic acid or pelargonic acid and/or (Cs-C2o)alkenoic acids, notably (Cs-C2o)alkenoic acids such as (C7-Cn)alkenoic acids, for instance undecylenic acid, and mixtures thereof.
The carbon source(s) may be classified into three groups according to their intended use:
- group A: the organic compound may aid the growth of the productive strain and aids the production of PHA structural linked to the organic compound.
- group B: the organic compound may aid the growth of the strain but does not participate in the production of PHA structurally linked to the organic compound.
- group C: the organic compound does not participate in the growth of the strain. Such microbiological processes are known to those skilled in the art, notably in the scientific literature. Mention may be made of: International Journal of Biological Macromolecules 28, 23-29 (2000); The Journal of Microbiology, 45, No. 2, 87-97, (2007).
According to one variant, the integration of the substrate that is structurally linked to the reactive atom(s) or to the reactive group(s) of the PHA(s) of the invention is introduced directly into the medium as sole carbon source in a medium suitable for microbial growth. (Example: group A for P. putida GPoT. alkenoic acid, notably terminal).
According to another variant, the integration of the substrate that is structurally linked to the reactive atom(s), notably halogen, or to the reactive group(s) of the PHA(s) of the invention is introduced into the medium as carbon source with a second carbon source as co-substrate which is also structurally linked to the PHA, in a medium suitable for microbial growth. (Example: group B for P. putida GPoT. haloalkanoic acids which are preferably terminal, such as terminal bromoalkanoic acids).
According to yet another variant, the integration of the substrate that is structurally linked to the reactive atom(s), notably halogen, or to the reactive group(s) of the PHA(s) of the invention may be introduced directly into the medium as carbon source with a second carbon source as co-substrate which is also structurally linked to the PHA(s) and a third carbon source as co-substrate which is not structurally linked to the PHA(s), in a medium suitable for microbial growth. (Example: group C glucose or sucrose).
In one embodiment, the p-oxidation pathway inhibitor is acrylic acid, 2-butynoic acid, 2- octynoic acid, phenylpropionic acid, propionic acid, trans-cinnamic acid, salicylic acid, methacrylic acid, 4-pentenoic acid or 3-mercaptopropionic acid, preferably acrylic acid.
In one embodiment of the first aspect, the functionalized fatty acid is a functionalized hexanoic acid, functionalized heptanoic acid, functionalized octanoic acid, functionalized nonanoic acid, functionalized decanoic acid, functionalized undecanoic acid, functionalized dodecanoic acid or functionalized tetradecanoic acid.
The functionalization may be introduced by means of an organic compound chosen from precursors of the alcohol and/or carboxylic acid category, notably: for functionalization of the PHA(s) with a branched alkyl group: see, for example, Applied and Environmental Microbiology, 60, No. 9, 3245-325 (1994); for functionalization of the PHA(s) with a linear alkyl group comprising a terminal cyclohexyl unit: see, for example doi.org/10.1016/S0141-8130(01)00144-1 ; for functionalization of the PHA(s) with an unsaturated alkyl group which is preferably terminal: see, for example, doi.org/10.1021/bm8005616); for functionalization of the PHA(s) with a linear alkyl group comprising a halogen preferably at the end of the hydrocarbon-based chain (doi . org/10.1021 /ma00033a002) ; for functionalization of the PHA(s) with a (hetero)aromatic alkyl group, for example phenyl, benzoyl, phenoxy, see, for example, J. Microbiol. Biotechnol., 11 , 3, 435- 442 (2001); for functionalization of the PHA(s) with a linear alkyl group comprising a heteroatom notably at the end of the hydrocarbon-based chain, see, for example, DOI 10.1007/S00253-011 -3099-4; for functionalization of the PHA(s) with a linear alkyl group comprising a cyano function notably at the end of the hydrocarbon-based chain, see, for example, doi . org/10.1111 /j .1574-6968.1992 ,tb05839.x; for functionalization of the PHA(s) with a linear alkyl group comprising an epoxy function notably at the end of the hydrocarbon-based chain, see, for example, doi.org/10.1016/S1381-5148(97)00024-2.
The review International Microbiology 16:1-15 (2013) doi:10.2436/20.1501.01.175 also mentions the majority of the functionalized native PHAs.
In a particular embodiment of the invention, the fatty acid from group A is chosen from 11- undecenoic acid, 10-epoxyundecanoic acid, 5-phenylvaleric acid, citronellol and 5- cyanopentanoic acid.
In a particular embodiment of the invention, the fatty acid from group A is chosen from halooctanoic acids such as 8-bromooctanoic acid.
In a particular embodiment of the invention, the carbon source from group C is a monosaccharide, preferably glucose.
2) Carbon source in the presence of oxidation inhibitor introduced into the medium: Another aspect of the invention is the use of the PHA-producing microbial strains in a medium that is suitable for microbial growth, said medium comprising: a substrate which is structurally linked to the PHA(s); at least one carbon source which is not structurally linked to the PHA(s); and at least one oxidation and notably p-oxidation pathway inhibitor. This allows the growth of the microbial cells to take place in said medium, the microbial cells synthesizing the PHA polymer(s) of the invention; preferably copolymer particularly containing more than 95% of identical units, which has a comonomer ratio of unit (A) and of unit (B) which differs from that obtained in the absence of the p-oxidation pathway inhibitor.
The scheme below illustrates, by way of example, the functionalization of PHA copolymers according to the invention starting from a PHA copolymer bearing an unsaturated hydrocarbon-based chain, according to Scheme 1 below:
Figure imgf000042_0001
in which Scheme 1 :
R2, m and n are as defined previously;
- Y represents a group chosen from Hal such as chlorine or bromine, hydroxyl, thiol, (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino, R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, P) heterocycloalkyl such as a sugar, preferably a monosaccharide such as glucose, y) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl; 5) a cosmetic active agent as defined previously; E) (Ci-C2o)alkyl, (C2-C2o)alkenyl, (C2-C2o)alkynyl; and X representing a’) O, S, N(Ra) or Si(Rb)(Rc) or e) linear or branched (Ci-C2o)alkyl, with Ra, Rb and Rc as defined previously; q’ represents an integer inclusively between 2 and 20, preferably between 3 and 10, more preferentially between 4 and 8 such as 6, better still between 3 and 8, preferably between 4 and 6, such as 5.
Other reactions may be performed using double or triple unsaturations such as Michael or Diels-Alder additions, radical reactions, catalytic (notably with Pd or Ni) or non-catalytic hydrogenation reactions, halogenation reactions, notably with bromine, hydration reactions or oxidation reactions, which may or may not be controlled, and reactions on electrophiles as represented schematically below.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the PHA copolymers comprise a linear or branched, saturated hydrocarbon-based chain R1, substituted and/or interrupted with groups as defined previously for R1, comprising in total between 5 and 30 carbon atoms, preferably between 6 and 20 carbon atoms and more particularly between 7 and 11 carbon atoms, and a hydrocarbon-based chain R2 representing a linear or branched (C3-C2o)alkenyl, particularly (Cs-Ci4)alkenyl and more particularly (C?-Cio)alkenyl radical, which is preferably linear and comprising only one unsaturation at the chain end, in particular -[CR4(R5)]q-C(R6)=C(R7)-R8 with R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8, which may be identical or different, representing a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group such as methyl, preferably a hydrogen atom, and q represents an integer inclusively between 2 and 20, preferably between 3 and 10, more preferentially between 4 and 8 such as 6, such as -[CH2]q-CH=CH2 and q represents an integer inclusively between 3 and 8, preferably between 4 and 6, such as 5, said chain R2 comprising between 1% and 99%, preferentially between 2% and 50% and even more preferentially between 3% and 40% of unsaturations, and even more particularly between 3% and 30% of unsaturations, better still between 5% and 20% of unsaturations. According to this particular embodiment of the invention in which the PHA copolymers comprise unsaturations, these unsaturations may be chemically modified: A) via addition reactions, such as radical additions, Michael additions, electrophilic additions, Diels-Alder, halogenation, hydration or hydrogenation reaction, and preferably hydrothiolation reaction with particles, chemical compounds or polymers.
In particular, the hydrothiolation reactions may be performed in the presence of a thermal initiator, a redox initiator or a photochemical initiator and of an organic compound bearing a sulfhydryl group, notably chosen from: linear, branched, cyclic or aromatic alkanethiols including 1 to 14 carbon atoms, such as methane-, ethane-, propane-, pentane-, cyclopentane-, hexane-, cyclohexane-, heptane-, octane-, phenylethane-, 4-tert-butylphenylmethane- or 2- furanmethane-thiol, preferably hexane-, cyclohexane-, heptane-, octane-, phenylethane-, 4-tert-butylphenylmethane- or 2-furanmethane-thiol; organosiloxanes bearing a thiol function, such as (3- mercaptopropyl)trimethoxysilane, (3-mercaptopropyl)methyldimethoxysilane, 2- (triethoxysilyl)ethanethiol or mercaptopropyl-isobutyl-POSS; thiolated silicone oils, notably those described in the document DOI: 10.1016/j.actbio.2015.01.020); thiolated oligomers or polymers bearing a reactive function, such as an amine, an alcohol, an acid, a halogen, a thiol, an epoxide, a nitrile, an isocyanate, a heteroatom, preferably cysteine, cysteamine, N-acetylcysteamine, 2- mercaptoethanol, 1-mercapto-2-propanol, 8-mercapto-1 -octanol, thiolactic acid, thioglycolic acid, 3-mercaptopropionic acid, 11-mercaptoundecanoic acid, polyethylene glycol dithiol, 3-mercaptopropionitrile, 1 ,3-propanedithiol, 4-cyano-1- butanethiol, 3-chloro-1-propanethiol, 1-thio-p- D-glucose tetraacetate; and thiols which may be obtained from disulfide reduction, such as phenyl disulfide or furfuryl disulfide.
Examples of initiators that may be mentioned include: tert-butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate, cumene perpivalate, tert-butyl peroxylaurate, benzoyl peroxide, lauroyl peroxide, octanoyl peroxide, di-tert-butyl peroxide, tert-butylcumyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, 2,2’-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2’-azobis(2-methylbutyronitrile), 2,2’-azobis(2,4- dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2’-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 1 , 1 -bis(tert- butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1 ,1-bis(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane, 1 ,4- bis(tert-butylperoxycarbonyl)cyclohexane, 2,2-bis(tert-butylperoxy)octane, n-butyl 4,4- bis(tert-butylperoxy)valerate, 2,2-bis(tert-butylperoxy)butane, 1 ,3-bis(tert- butylperoxyisopropyl)benzene, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis(tert-butylperoxy)hexane, 2,5- dimethyl-2,5-bis(benzoylperoxy)hexane, di-tert-butyl diperoxyisophthalate, 2,2-bis(4,4- di-tert-butylperoxycyclohexyl)propane, di-tert-butyl peroxy-a-methylsuccinate, di-tert- butyl peroxydimethylglutarate, di-tert-butyl peroxyhexahydroterephthalate, di-tert-butyl peroxyazelate, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis(tert-butylperoxy)hexane, diethylene glycol bis(tert- butyl peroxycarbonate), di-tert-butyl peroxytrimethyladipate, tris(tert-butylperoxy)triazine, vinyltris(tert-butylperoxy)silane phenothiazine, tetracene, perylene, anthracene, 9,10- diphenylanthracene, thioxanthone, benzophenone, acetophenone, xanthone, fluorenone, anthraquinone, 9,10-dimethylanthracene, 2-ethyl-9, 10- dimethyloxyanthracene, 2,6-dimethylnaphthalene, 2,5-diphenyl-1 ,3,4-oxadiazole, xanthopinacol, 1 ,2-benzanthracene, 9-nitroanthracene. Each of these initiators may be used alone or in combination with others.
The chemical reactions mentioned previously are known to those skilled in the art. Mention may notably be made of the following documents: Synthesis and preparation of PHAs modified with polyethylene glycol dithiol: 10.1021/acs.biomac.9b00479; Biomacromolecules, 19, 3536-3548 (2018); Synthesis and preparation of PHAs modified with mercaptohexanol: 10.1021/acs.biomac.8b01257; Biomacromolecules, 20, 2, 645-652 (2019); Synthesis and preparation of PHAs modified with hydroxycinnamic acid sulfate, and zosteric acid: 10.1021/bm049962e; Biomacromolecules, 5, 4, 1452- 1456 (2004); Radical addition of methyl methacrylate to a PHOlln: 10.1002/1521- 3935(20010701)202:11<2281 ::AID-MACP2281 >3.0.CO;2-9; Macromolecular
Chemistry and Physics, vol. 202, 11 , 2281-2286 (2001); Synthesis and preparation of PHAs modified with a polysilsesquioxane (POSS): 10.1016/j.polymer.2005.04.020; Polymer Vol. 46, 14, 5025-5031 (2005); Grafting of thio-beta-glucose onto unsaturated side chains: 1022-1336/99/0202-0091$17.50+.50/0; Macromol. Rapid Commun., 20, 91-94 (1999); and/or
B) via oxidation reactions, which may or may not be controlled, for example with permanganates of a concentrated or dilute alkaline agent, or ozonolysis, oxidation in the presence of a reducing agent, making it possible to obtain novel materials bearing hydroxyl, epoxide or carboxyl groups in the terminal position of the side chains.
The chemical reactions mentioned previously are known to those skilled in the art. Mention may notably be made of the following documents: 10.1021/bm049337; Biomacromolecules, vol. 6, 2, 891-896 (2005); 10.1016/S0032-3861(99)00347-X; Polymer, vol. 41 , 5, 1703-1709 (2000); 10.1021/ma9714528 and 10.1016/S1381- 5148(97)00024-2; Macromolecules, 23, 15, 3705-3707 (1990); 10.1016/S0032- 3861 (01)00692-9; Polymer, vol. 43, 4, 1095-1101 (2002); 10.1016/S0032- 3861 (99)00347-X; Polymer, vol. 41 , 5, 1703-1709 (2000); and 10.1021/bm025728h; Biomacromolecules, vol. 4, 2, 193-195 (2003).
Example of functionalization of PHA copolymers according to the invention starting from a PHA copolymer bearing a hydrocarbon-based chain containing an epoxide group, according to Scheme 2 below:
Figure imgf000045_0001
in which Scheme 2 Y, m, n, q’ and R2 are as defined in Scheme 1.
The epoxide structure may be obtained via a conventional method known to those skilled in the art, whether via biotechnological processes or via chemical processes such as oxidation of unsaturation as mentioned previously. The peroxide group(s) may react with carboxylic acids, maleic anhydrides, amines, alcohols, thiols or isocyanates, all these reagents including at least one linear or branched, cyclic or acyclic, saturated or unsaturated C1-C20 hydrocarbon-based chain, or borne by an oligomer or polymer, in particular amino (poly)saccharides such as compounds derived from chitosan and (poly)sil(ox)anes; 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane 3- (trimethoxysilyl)propylcarbamic acid, diethanolamine, or 3-mercapto-1- propanesulfonate of alkali metal or alkaline-earth metal salts such as sodium. The epoxide groups may also react with water.
Mention may notably be made of the following documents:
Preparation of PHA bearing charges starting with diethanolamine: 10.1021/bm8005616, Biomacromolecules, vol. 9, 8, 2091-2096 (2008);
Preparation of PHA bearing charges starting with sodium 3-mercapto-1- propanesulfonate: 10.1021/acs.biomac.9b00870 Biomacromolecules, vol. 20, 9, 3324-3332 (2019);
Preparation of PHA including a native epoxide unit: 10.1016/S1381- 5148(97)00024-2); Reactive and Functional Polymers, vol. 34, 1_, 65-77 (1997).
Example of functionalization of PHA copolymers according to the invention starting from a PHA copolymer bearing a hydrocarbon-based chain containing a nucleofugal group, according to Scheme 3 below:
Figure imgf000046_0001
in which Scheme 3 Y, m, n, q’ and R2 are as defined in Scheme 1. M corresponds to an organic or inorganic nucleofugal group, which may be substituted with a nucleophilic group; preferably, said nucleophile is a heteroatom which is electron-donating via the +l and/or +M effect such as O, S or N. Preferably, the nucleofugal group M is chosen from halogen atoms such as Br, and mesylate, tosylate or triflate groups. This is a reaction known to those skilled in the art. Mention may be made, for example, of the following document: 10.1016/j.ijbiomac.2016.11 .118, International Journal of Biological
Macromolecules, vol. 95, 796-808 (2017).
Example of functionalization of PHA copolymers according to the invention starting from a PHA copolymer bearing a hydrocarbon-based chain containing a cyano group, according to Scheme 4 below:
Figure imgf000047_0001
in which Scheme 4 Y, m, n, q’ and R2 are as defined in Scheme 1.
In a first step i), the PHA copolymer bearing a side chain containing a cyano or nitrile group reacts with an organo-alkali metal or organomagnesium compound Y-MgHal, Y-Li or Y- Na, followed by hydrolysis to give the PHA copolymer bearing a side chain containing a group Y grafted with a ketone function. The ketone function may be converted into a thio ketone by thionation, for example with S8 in the presence of amine, or with Lawesson’s reagent. Said thio ketone, after total reduction ii) (for example by Clemmensen reduction), leads to the PHA copolymer bearing a side chain containing a group Y grafted with an alkylene group. Alternatively, said thio ketone may undergo a controlled reduction iii) with a conventional reducing agent to give the PHA copolymer bearing a side chain containing a group Y grafted with a hydroxyalkylene group. The cyano group of the starting PHA copolymer can react with water after hydration v) to give the amide derivative, after hydrolysis iv) to the carboxyl derivative. The cyano group of the starting PHA copolymer can also, after reduction vi), give the amine derivative or the ketone derivative. PHA copolymers with a hydrocarbon-based chain bearing a nitrile function are prepared via conventional methods known to those skilled in the art. Mention may be made, for example, of the document: 10.1016/0378-1097(92)90311-B, FEMS Microbiology Letters, vol. 103, 2-4, 207-214 (1992).
Example of functionalization of PHA copolymers according to the invention starting from a PHA copolymer bearing a hydrocarbon-based chain at the chain end, according to Scheme 5 below:
Figure imgf000048_0001
in which Scheme 5 R1, R2, m, n and Y are as defined previously, and R’1 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain chosen from i) linear or branched (Ci-C2o)alkyl, ii) linear or branched (C2-C2o)alkenyl, iii) linear or branched (C2-C2o)alkynyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group is linear; said hydrocarbon-based chain being substituted with one or more atoms or groups chosen from: a) halogens such as chlorine or bromine, b) hydroxyl, c) thiol, d) (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino, e) (thio)carboxyl, f) (thio)carboxamide - C(O)-N(Ra)2 or -C(S)-N(Ra)2, f) cyano, g) iso(thio)cyanate, h) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl or furyl, and i) (hetero)cycloalkyl such as anhydride, or epoxide, j) a cosmetic active agent chosen from coloured or uncoloured, fluorescent or non-fluorescent chromophores such as those derived from optical brighteners, or chromophores derived from UVA and/or UVB screening agents, and anti-ageing active agents.
These chain-end grafts onto PHA polymers are known to those skilled in the art. Mention may be made, for example, of the following documents:
Preparation of PHA oligomers by thermal degradation: 10.1021/bm0156274;
Biomacromolecules, vol. 3, 1, 219-224 (2002);
Preparation of PHA oligomers by transesterification: 10.1021/ma011420r, Macromolecules, vol. 35, 3, 684-689 (2002); Preparation of PHA oligomers by hydrolysis: 10.1016/0032-3861(94)90590-8 Polymeryo\. 35, 19, 4156-4162 (1994);
Preparation of PHA oligomers by methanolysis: 10.1021/bm060981t, Biomacromolecules, vol. 8, 4, 1255-1265 (2007).
Mention may also be made of other methods known to those skilled in the art:
Synthesis and characterization of PHA grafted with ascorbic acid: 10.1016/j.ijbiomac.2018.11.052; International Journal of Biological Macromolecules, vol. 123: 7 (2019);
Preparation of PHB-b-PHO copolymers by polycondensation with divinyl adipate catalysed with a lipase: 10.1021/bm9011634, Biomacromolecules, vol. 10, 12, 3176-3181 (2009);
Synthesis of PHB-b-PHO copolymers coupled via a diisocyanate junction: 10.1021/ma012223v; Macromolecules, vol. 35, 13, 4946-4950 (2002);
Preparation of PHO oligomers on chitosan by condensation between the carboxylic acid end of the PHO and the amine functions of the chitosan: 10.1002/app.24276; Journal of Applied Polymer Science, vol. 103, , (2006);
Transesterification of PHAs with propargyl alcohol in order to produce PHA oligomers that are modifiable by “click” chemistry: 10.1016/j.reactfunctpolym.2011.12.005; Reactive and Functional Polymers, vol. 72, 2, 160-167 (2012);
Preparation of PHO-b-PCL copolymer: 10.1002/mabi.200400104;
Macromolecular Bioscience, vol. 4, 11 (2004);
Preparation of PHO-b-PEG copolymer: 10.1002/macp.201000562;
Macromolecular Chemistry and Physics’, vol. 212, 3, (2010);
Epoxidation of chain-end unsaturation and chain-end grafting of acid: 10.14314/polimery.2017.317; Polimery, vol. 62, 4, 317-322 (2017);
Grafting of organosiloxane unit at chain end onto PHA: 10.1016/j.reactfunctpolym.2014.09.008; Reactive and Functional Polymers, vol. 84, 53-59 (2014).
The combination of grafted PHA copolymers of the invention described previously, according to Scheme 6:
Figure imgf000050_0001
in which Scheme 6 R’1, R2, m, n and Y are as defined previously, and
X’ represents a reactive atom or group that is capable of reacting with an electrophilic
E or nucleophilic Nu atom or group to create a Z covalent bond; if X’ is an electrophilic or nucleofugal group, then it can react with a reagent R’1- Nu; if X’ is a nucleophilic group Nu, then it can react with R’1- E to create a Z covalent bond.
By way of example, the Z covalent bonds or bonding group that may be generated are listed in the table below, from condensation of electrophiles with nucleophiles:
[Table 1]:
Figure imgf000050_0002
Activated esters* Amines Carboxamides
Acyl azides** Amines Carboxamides
Acyl halides Amines Carboxamides
Acyl halides Alcohols Esters
Acyl cyanides Alcohols Esters
Acyl cyanides Amines Carboxamides
Alkyl halides Amines Alkylamines
Alkyl halides Carboxylic acids Esters
Alkyl halides Thiols Thioesters
Alkyl halides Alcohols Ethers
Sulfonic acids and salts thereof Thiols Thioethers
Sulfonic acids and salts thereof Carboxylic acids Esters
Sulfonic acids and salts thereof Alcohols Ethers
Anhydrides Alcohols Esters
Anhydrides Amines Carboxamides
Aryl halides Thiols Thioethers
Aryl halides Amines Arylamines
Aziridines Thiols Thioethers
Carboxylic acids Amines Carboxamides
Carboxylic acids Alcohols Esters
Carbodiimides Carboxylic acids N-acylureas Diazoalkanes Carboxylic acids Esters Epoxides Thiols Thioethers Haloacetamides Thiols Thioethers
Imide esters Amines Amidines Isocyanates Amines Ureas Isocyanates Alcohols Urethanes Isothiocyanates Amines Thioureas Maleimides Thiols Thioethers Sulfonic esters Amines Alkylamines Sulfonic esters Thiols Thioethers Sulfonic esters Carboxylic acids Esters Sulfonic esters Alcohols Ethers Sulfonyl halides Amines Sulfonamides activated esters of general formula -CO-LG with LG representing a leaving group such as oxysuccinimidyl, oxybenzotriazolyl, optionally substituted aryloxy:
** acyl azides can rearrange to give isocyanates It is also possible, starting with a PHA functionalized on a side chain, to perform chain-end grafting in a second stage as described in Scheme 7. The reverse is also true, in which the chain-end grafting may be performed in a first stage, followed by performing functionalization of a functionalizable side chain in a second stage.
Figure imgf000051_0001
in which Scheme 7, R’1, R2, m, n and Y are as defined previously
All these chemical reactions are known to those skilled in the art. Mention may be made, for example, of the following documents:
Synthesis and preparation of PHAs modified with thiol-ene followed by reaction on the new grafted function: 10.1021/ma0304426; Macromolecules, vol. 37, 2,
385-389 (2004); Grafting of PEG and of PLA onto PHAs functionalized with acids: 10.1002/marc.200900803 and 10.1002/mabi.200390033;
Synthesis and preparation of PHAs modified with polyethylene glycol dithiol: 10.1021/acs.biomac.9b00479. b) The modified polysaccharide(s)
The composition of the invention comprises one or more modified polysaccharides. Preferably, the polysaccharide(s) are thickening polymers.
The term “thickening polymer” means a polymer which, when introduced at 1% by weight into an alcoholic or lipoalcoholic solution containing 50% ethanol, or into an oil chosen from liquid petroleum jelly, isopropyl myristate, octyldodecanol or cyclopentadimethylsiloxane, makes it possible to achieve a viscosity of at least 100 cps, preferably at least 500 cps, at 25°C and at a shear rate of 1 s'1. This viscosity can be measured using a cone/plate viscometer (Haake R600 Rheometer or the like).
Preferably, the modified polysaccharide(s) are chosen from polysaccharides modified with at least one C6-C30, more preferentially C8-C20, even more preferentially C12-C20 and better still C14-C18 aliphatic hydrocarbon-based chain.
The polysaccharide(s) that are useful for the invention are cationic, nonionic, anionic or amphoteric polymers, preferably cationic, nonionic or anionic, better still nonionic, modified by the presence of at least one aliphatic, cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon-based chain, comprising from 2 to 30 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) f), g), h), i), j), I) as defined for R1 of (A) and/or p) (di)alkylamino and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1 of (A).
The “polysaccharides" are as defined previously, and in addition the saccharide units - [Cx(H2O)y)]w- or -[(CH2O)X]W- are optionally modified by substitution, oxidation, dehydration, and/or reduction.
As saccharide units of the polysaccharide(s) that are useful for the invention mention may preferably be made of glucose; galactose; arabinose; rhamnose; mannose; xylose; fucose; anhydrogalactose; galacturonic acid; glucuronic acid; mannuronic acid; galactose sulfate; anhydrogalactose sulfate and fructose.
Mention may notably be made of modified polysaccharides of native gums such as those derived from tree or shrub exudates, algae, seeds or tubers, fungi, bacteria, animal organisms or plants, which have been modified by physical, chemical or enzymatic reactions.
The native gums may be chosen from:
- acacia gum (branched polysaccharide of galactose, arabinose, rhamnose and glucuronic acid);
- ghatti gum (polymer derived from arabinose, galactose, mannose, xylose and glucuronic acid);
- karaya gum (polymer derived from galacturonic acid, galactose, rhamnose and glucuronic acid);
- gum tragacanth (polymer of galacturonic acid, galactose, fucose, xylose and arabinose);
- agar (polymer derived from galactose and anhydrogalactose);
- alginates (polymers of mannuronic acid and glucuronic acid);
- carrageenans and furcellerans (polymers of galactose sulfate and anhydrogalactose sulfate);
- guar gum (polymer of mannose and galactose);
- locust bean gum (polymer of mannose and galactose);
- fenugreek gum (polymer of mannose and galactose);
- tamarind gum (polymer of galactose, xylose and glucose);
- konjac gum (polymer of glucose and mannose);
- xanthan gum (polymer of glucose, mannose acetate, mannose/pyruvic acid and glucuronic acid) or dehydroxanthan gum;
- gellan gum (polymer of partially acylated glucose, rhamnose and glucuronic acid);
- scleroglucan gum (glucose polymer);
- cellulose (glucose polymer);
- starch (glucose polymer);
- inulin and
- pectin.
In particular, the modified polysaccharides are derived from: i) acacia gum; ii) gum ghatti; iii) gum karaya; iv) gum tragacanth; v) agar; vi) alginates; vii) carrageenans and furcellerans; viii) guar gum; ix) locust bean gum; x) fenugreek gum; xi) tamarind gum xiii) xanthan gum or dehydroxanthan gum; xiv) gellan gum; xv) scleroglucan gum; xvi) cellulose; xvii) starch; xviii) inulin; and xix) pectin; preferably chosen from xvi), xvii) and xviii), more preferentially xvii). The starch molecules xvii) used in the present invention may have as botanical origin cereals or tubers. Thus, the starches are chosen, for example, from the starches of corn, rice, manioc, barley, potato, wheat, sorghum and pea.
The starches may be chemically or physically modified: notably by mean of one or more of the following reactions: pregelatinization, oxidation, crosslinking, esterification, etherification, amidation, heat treatments.
According to one embodiment of the invention, the modified polysaccharide(s) b) are nonionic.
These polymers may be chemically or physically modified. A physical treatment that may notably be mentioned is temperature.
As chemical treatments, mention may be made of esterification, etherification, amidation, oxidation, metathesis and addition reactions. These treatments make it possible to produce polymers that may notably be nonionic, anionic or amphoteric.
Preferably, these chemical or physical treatments are applied to guar gums, locust bean gums, starches and celluloses.
The modifiable starch molecules that may be used to manufacture modified starches according to the present invention may have as botanical origin cereals or tubers. Thus, the starches are chosen, for example, from the starches of corn, rice, manioc, barley, potato, wheat, sorghum and pea.
The starches may be modified chemically or physically: notably by one or more of the following reactions: pregelatinization, oxidation, crosslinking, esterification, etherification, amidation, heat treatments.
The starch molecules xvii) may be derived from any plant source of starch, notably such as corn, potato, oats, rice, tapioca, sorghum, barley or wheat, which have been modified to link at least one cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic, aliphatic hydrocarbon-based chain, comprising from 6 to 30 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) f), g), h), i), j), I) as defined for R1 of (A) and/or p) (di)alkylamino and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1 of (A). Hydrolysates of the abovementioned starches may also be used. The modified starch is preferably derived from potato starch.
According to one embodiment, the modified polysaccharides b) are polysaccharide ethers called alkyl polysaccharides, in which the alkyl radical comprises between 2 and 30, preferably between 2 and 10, more preferentially between 2 and 6 carbon atoms.
Preferably, the alkyl polysaccharides b) according to the invention are derived from cellulose or guar or mixtures thereof. According to one embodiment, the modified polysaccharides b) are alkylcelluloses in which the linear or branched alkyl residue comprises between 1 and 10 carbon atoms, in particular between 2 and 6 carbon atoms, preferably between 2 and 3 carbon atoms.
Alkylcellulose is an alkyl ether of cellulose comprising a chain consisting of p- anhydroglucose units linked together by acetal bonds. Each anhydroglucose unit has three replaceable hydroxyl groups, some or all of which may react according to the following reaction:
Cell.-OM + R-Hal Cell.-OR + MHal with Hal representing a halogen such as Cl with M representing a cationic counterion such as an alkali metal Na or K, or an alkaline-earth metal, preferably an alkali metal such as Na, Cell, representing a polysaccharide radical such as cellulose, where R represents a linear or branched alkyl group comprising from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably between 2 and 3 carbon atoms, such as methyl or ethyl, and MHal represents the salt generated such as sodium chloride.
Advantageously, the alkylcellulose is chosen from ethylcellulose and propylcellulose. According to a particularly preferred embodiment, the alkylcellulose is ethylcellulose. It is an ethyl ether of cellulose.
Total substitution of the three hydroxyl groups would lead for each anhydroglucose unit to a degree of substitution of 3, in other words to a content of alkoxy groups of between 40% and 60%, notably about 55% (54.88%).
The ethylcellulose polymers used in a composition C1 according to the invention are preferentially polymers having a degree of substitution with ethoxy groups ranging from 2.5 to 2.6 per anhydroglucose unit, in other words comprising a content of ethoxy groups ranging from 44% to 50%.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the modified polysaccharide of the invention is an ethylcellulose in powder form. It is, for example, sold under the trade names Ethocel Standard from Dow Chemicals, notably Ethocel Standard 7 FP Premium and Ethocel Standard 100 FP Premium. Other commercially available products, such as those sold by Ashland, Inc. under the names Aquaion Ethylcellulose type-K, type-N and type-T, preferably type-N, such as N7, N100, are particularly suitable for performing the invention.
According to another embodiment, the polysaccharide ethers are alkyl guars i.e. guar gums viii) modified by replacing the hydrogen of hydroxyl with a linear or branched alkyl group, comprising between 1 and 10 carbon atoms, in particular between 2 and 6 carbon atoms, preferably between 2 and 3 carbon atoms such as 2 carbon atoms. The alkyl guar polymer used in a composition C1 according to the invention is preferentially ethylguar.
Ethylguar is known under the INCI name: C1-C5 alkyl galactomannan.
More particularly, it has a degree of substitution of 2 to 3, and notably 2.5 to 2.8.
Alkylated guar gums (with Ci-Ce alkyl group), including ethyl guar, are notably described in patent application EP 708114 and document RD9537807 (October 1995), along with their preparation process.
According to one embodiment, the modified polysaccharides b) are polysaccharide esters, in particular esters obtained by reaction between at least one polysaccharide such as dextrin with at least one saturated or unsaturated acid which is linear or branched and including from 2 to 30 carbon atoms, in particular from 10 to 30 carbon atoms.
According to a particular embodiment, the modified polysaccharides of the invention are chosen from xvi) cellulose or derivatives thereof such as hydroxy(Ci-Cs)alkylcelluloses, xvii) starch and xviii) inulin; said polysaccharides xvi), xvii) and xviii) including at least one C8-C30 fatty chain, such as alkyls, arylalkyls, alkylaryls or mixtures thereof where the alkyl groups are linear or branched, preferably linear, C8-C30 alkyl groups and in particular:
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the modified polysaccharide(s) are chosen from saccharide or polysaccharide monoalkyl or polyalkyl esters.
Among the saccharide or polysaccharide monoalkyl or polyalkyl esters that are suitable for use in the invention, mention may be made of dextrin or inulin alkyl or polyalkyl esters.
It may notably be a monoester or polyester of dextrin (dextrin being derived from starch xvii) and of at least one fatty acid (such as R-C(O)-OH) and notably corresponding to formula (XVIII) below:
Figure imgf000056_0001
(XVIII) in which formula (XVIII):
• n is an integer greater than or equal to 2, preferably ranging from 3 to 200, notably ranging from 20 to 150, and in particular ranging from 25 to 50, • Ri, R2 and R3, which may be identical or different, are chosen from hydrogen or an acyl group (R-C(O)-) in which the radical R is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based group containing from 7 to 29, in particular from 7 to 21 , notably from 11 to 19, more particularly from 13 to 17, or even 15, carbon atoms, it being understood that at least one of said radicals Ri, R2 or R3 is other than hydrogen.
In particular, Ri, R2 and R3 represent a hydrogen atom or an acyl group (R-C(O)-) in which R is a hydrocarbon-based radical as defined previously, with the proviso that at least two of said radicals Ri, R2 or R3 are other than hydrogen.
All the radicals Ri, R2 and R3 may represent an identical or different acyl group (R-C(O)), and the acyl groups are notably identical.
In particular, n described previously advantageously ranges from 25 to 50, and is notably equal to 38 in the general formula of the saccharide ester that may be used in the present invention.
Notably when the radicals Ri, R2 and/or R3, which may be identical or different, represent an acyl group (R-C(O)), derived from a fatty carboxylic acid R-C(O)OH preferably chosen from caprylic, capric, lauric, myristic, palmitic, stearic, arachic, behenic, isobutyric, isovaleric, 2-ethylbutyric, ethylmethylacetic, isoheptanoic, 2-ethylhexanoic, isononanoic, isodecanoic, isotridecanoic, isomyristic, isopalmitic, isostearic, isoaracic, isohexanoic, decenoic, dodecenoic, tetradecenoic, myristoleic, hexadecenoic, palmitoleic, oleic, elaidic, asclepinic, gondoleic, eicosenoic, sorbic, linoleic, linolenic, punicic, stearidonic, arachidonic or stearolic acid, and mixtures thereof.
Preferably, at least one dextrin palmitate is used as fatty acid ester of dextrin. This ester may be used alone or as a mixture with other esters.
Advantageously, the fatty acid ester of dextrin has a degree of substitution of less than or equal to 2.5 based on a glucose unit, notably ranging from 1.5 to 2.5, preferably from 2 to 2.5. The weight-average molecular weight of the dextrin ester may be in particular from 10 000 to 150 000, notably from 12 000 to 100 00 and even from 15 000 to 80 000.
Preferably, the modified polysaccharide(s) b) of the invention are dextrin esters, are dextrin palmitates.
Dextrin esters, in particular dextrin palmitates, are commercially available under the name Rheopearl KL2®, MKL2®, TL® or KL® from the company Chiba Flour.
According to one embodiment, the modified polysaccharide b) is a modified dextrin, preferably a dextrin ester, more particularly a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched Ci2-C24 fatty acid ester of dextrin. Preferably, the dextrin ester is chosen from esters of saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C14-C24 fatty acids such as myristic acid, palmitic acid or a mixture thereof. According to one embodiment, the dextrin ester is chosen from dextrin palmitate such as Rheopearl KL2® and Rheopearl TL2® sold by Chiba Flour, dextrin myristate such as the product sold under the reference Rheopearl MKL2® by Chiba Flour, dextrin palmitate/ethylhexanoate sold under the reference Rheopearl TT2®, dextrin palmitate/hexyldecanoate sold under the reference Rheopearl WX, or mixtures thereof.
According to a preferred embodiment, the modified polysaccharide b) is dextrin palmitate. According to one embodiment, the modified polysaccharide is a modified inulin, preferably an inulin ester, more particularly an ester of inulin and of a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C12-C24 fatty acid.
Preferably, the inulin ester is chosen from esters of saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C14-C24 fatty acids such as myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, preferably stearic acid, or a mixture thereof.
According to one embodiment, the inulin ester is a stearoyl inulin such as the references Rheopearl ISK2® and Rheopearl ISL2® sold by Chiba Flour or mixtures thereof.
According to one embodiment, the modified polysaccharide is a modified celulose, preferably a cellulose ester, more particularly an ester of cellulose and of a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C2-C24 acid.
Preferably, the cellulose ester is chosen from esters of saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched C2-C10 acids, preferably C2-C6 acids, notably C2-C4 acids, such as acetic acid, butyric acid or a mixture thereof.
According to one embodiment, the cellulose ester is a cellulose acetate butyrate such as the reference Eastman Cellulose Acetate Butyrate® sold by Eastman Chemical.
Among the polysaccharide esters, mention may also be made of pullulan esters. Pullulan is a polysaccharide consisting of maltotriose units.
According to one embodiment, the modified polysaccharides b) are polysaccharide esters. The term “polysaccharide esters” means polysaccharides in which at least one of the hydroxyl radicals is esterified with an acid to form -O-C(O)-R or -C(O)-OR ester groups in which R denotes a saturated or unsaturated radical of 2 to 30 carbon atoms, notably 11 to 19 carbon atoms, preferably 12 to 17 carbon atoms such as 13 carbon atoms.
Advantageously, the polysaccharide ester is myristoyl pullulan.
According to another embodiment, the modified polysaccharide(s) b) of the invention are cationic. Preferably these chemical or physical treatments to obtain at least one cationic group are applied to guar gums, locust bean gums, starches and celluloses. The cationic groups may be of the primary, secondary, tertiary or quaternary amine type, preferably quaternary, and include a C6-C30 aliphatic chain.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the modified polysaccharide(s) b) are chosen from quaternized (poly)hydroxyethylcelluloses modified with groups containing at least one aliphatic (or fatty chain), such as alkyl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl groups containing at least 8 carbon atoms, or mixtures thereof. The alkyl radicals borne by the quaternized celluloses or hydroxyethylcelluloses preferably include from 8 to 30 carbon atoms. The aryl radicals preferably denote phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl or anthryl groups. Examples of quaternized alkylhydroxyethylcelluloses bearing C8-C30 fatty chains are Quatrisoft LM 200®, Quatrisoft LM-X 529-18-A®, Quatrisoft LM-X 529-18-B® (C12 alkyl) and Quatrisoft LM-X 529-8® (Cis alkyl) sold by the company Dow Corning, Crodacel QM®, Crodacel QL® (C12 alkyl) and Crodacel QS® (C18 alkyl) sold by the company Croda and Softcat SL 100® sold by the company Dow Corning.
The nonionic guar gums that may be used according to the invention may be modified with C1-C20 (poly)hydroxylalkylammonium groups, preferably Ci-Ce (poly)hydroxyalkyl groups; mention may notably be made, by way of example, of hydroxymethyltrimmonium, hydroxyethyltrimmonium, hydroxypropyltrimmonium and hydroxybutyltrimmonium halide groups, preferably hydroxypropyltrimonium halide, preferably chloride.
Such cationic guar gums modified with hydroxyalkylammonium groups are sold, for example, by the company Solvay under the trade names Cationic Jaguar® C-14S Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride F, Jaguar® C-13S Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride F, Jaguar® C-17 Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride, Jaguar® Excel Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride, Jaguar® C-500 STD Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride, Jaguar® C-162 Hydroxypropyl Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride and Jaguar® Optima Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride.
More preferentially, the composition according to the invention comprises at least one modified polysaccharide chosen from (i) polysaccharide esters such as myristoyl pullulan, (ii) alkylcellulose such as ethylcellulose and propylcellulose, (iii) alkyl guar polymer such as ethylguar (INCI name: C1-C5 alkyl galactomannan), (iv) fatty acid ester of dextrin such as dextrin palmitate, and mixtures thereof.
The total amount of the modified polysaccharide(s) present in composition C1 according to the invention preferably ranges from 0.05% to 20% by weight, more preferentially from 0.1% to 15% by weight, even more preferably from 0.2% to 12% by weight, and according to a particularly preferred mode from 0.5% to 10% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
The weight ratio between the total amount of PHA (active material) and the total amount of the modified polysaccharide(s) b), present in the composition according to the invention, preferably ranges from 0.1 to 200, more preferentially from 0.2 to 100, and more preferentially from 0.5 to 40 such as 4. c) The fatty substances
The composition also comprises one or more fatty substances.
The term “fatty substance" means an organic compound that is insoluble in water at ordinary room temperature (25°C) and at atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg) (solubility of less than 5%, preferably 1% and even more preferentially 0.1%). They bear in their structure at least one hydrocarbon-based chain including at least 6 carbon atoms or a sequence of at least two siloxane groups. In addition, the fatty substances are generally soluble in organic solvents under the same temperature and pressure conditions, for instance chloroform, ethanol, benzene, liquid petroleum jelly or decamethylcyclopentasiloxane.
The fatty substance(s) of the invention are of natural or synthetic origin, preferably natural, more preferentially of plant origin. They are different from fatty acids since salified fatty acids constitute soaps which are generally soluble in aqueous media.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the composition comprises one or more fatty substances that are not liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure.
The wax(es)
According to a particular embodiment, the composition of the invention comprises one or more waxes.
The term “wax” means a lipophilic compound that is solid at room temperature (25°C), with a reversible solid/liquid change of state, having a melting point of greater than or equal to 30°C, which may be up to 200°C and notably up to 120°C.
In particular, the wax(es) that are suitable for use in the invention may have a melting point of greater than or equal to 45°C and in particular of greater than or equal to 55°C.
Composition C1 according to the invention preferably comprises a content of wax(es) ranging from 0.5% to 30% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition, in particular from 1 % to 20% and more particularly from 2% to 15%. According to a particular form of the invention, the composition of the invention is solid, in particular anhydrous. It may then be in stick form; use will be made of polyethylene microwaxes in the form of crystallites with an aspect ratio at least equal to 2, and with a melting point ranging from 70 to 110°C and preferably from 70 to 100°C, so as to reduce or even eliminate the presence of strata in the solid composition. These crystallites in needle form and notably the dimensions thereof may be characterized visually according to the following method.
The pasty compound(s)
According to a particular embodiment, the composition of the invention comprises one or more pasty compounds.
For the purposes of the present invention, the term “pasty compound’ means a lipophilic fatty compound that undergoes a reversible solid/liquid change of state, having anisotropic crystal organization in the solid state, and including, at a temperature of 23°C, a liquid fraction and a solid fraction.
Preferably, the composition contains one or more fatty substances c) which are hydrocarbon-based fatty substances that are liquid at 25°C and atmospheric pressure.
The hydrocarbon-based liquid fatty substance(s) are notably chosen from Ce-Ci6 hydrocarbons or hydrocarbons comprising more than 16 carbon atoms and up to 60 carbon atoms, preferably between C6 and Ci6, and in particular alkanes, oils of animal origin, oils of plant origin, glycerides or fluoro oils of synthetic origin, fatty alcohols, fatty acid and/or fatty alcohol esters, and silicones. In particular, the liquid fatty substance(s) are chosen from non-silicone oils.
It is recalled that, for the purposes of the invention, the fatty alcohols, fatty esters and fatty acids more particularly contain one or more linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based groups comprising 6 to 60 carbon atoms, which are optionally substituted, in particular with one or more hydroxyl groups OH (in particular from 1 to 4 hydroxyl groups). If they are unsaturated, these compounds may comprise one to three unsaturations, preferably from one to three conjugated or unconjugated carbon-carbon double bonds.
As regards the Ce-Ci6 alkanes, these compounds are linear or branched, and optionally cyclic; preferably, the fatty substance(s) c) of the invention are chosen from linear or branched Cs-Ci4, more preferentially C9-C13 and even more preferentially C9-C12 alkanes. Examples that may be mentioned include hexane, decane, undecane, dodecane, tridecane, and isoparaffins, for instance isohexadecane, isodecane or isododecane. The linear or branched hydrocarbons containing more than 16 carbon atoms may be chosen from liquid paraffins, liquid petroleum jelly, polydecenes, and hydrogenated polyisobutene such as Parleam®.
Among the hydrocarbon-based liquid fatty substances c) having an overall solubility parameter according to the Hansen solubility space of less than or equal to 20 (MPa)1/2, mention may be made of oils, which may be chosen from natural or synthetic, hydrocarbon-based oils, which are optionally fluorinated and optionally branched, alone or as a mixture.
According to a very advantageous embodiment, the composition of the invention comprises one or more fatty substances which are one or more hydrocarbon-based oils. The hydrocarbon-based oil(s) may be volatile or non-volatile.
According to a preferred embodiment of the invention, the fatty substance(s) c) are linear or branched hydrocarbon-based oils, which are volatile, notably chosen from undecane, decane, dodecane, isododecane, tridecane, and a mixture of various volatile oils thereof preferably comprising isododecane in the mixture, or a mixture of undecane and tridecane.
According to another particular embodiment, the liquid fatty substance(s) c) are a mixture of a volatile hydrocarbon-based oil and a non-volatile hydrocarbon-based oil, the mixture of which preferentially comprises dodecane or isododecane as volatile oil.
In particular, the fatty substance(s) c) of the invention are a mixture of C9-C12 alkanes, preferably of natural origin, the chains of which comprise from 9 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably linear or branched C9-C12 alkanes. This mixture is notably known under the INCI name C9-C12 Alkane, CAS 68608-12-8, Vegelight Silk® sold by BioSynthls. This volatile biodegradable mixture of volatile oils is obtained from coconut oil (the viscosity is 0.9-1.1 cSt (40°C) and it has a flash point of 65°C).
According to one embodiment, composition C1 contains only oils that are liquid at 25°C and atmospheric pressure. According to another embodiment, composition C1 contains at least 80% of hydrocarbon-based oils that are liquid at 25°C and atmospheric pressure, which are preferably volatile, more preferentially chosen from isodecane, decane, Cetiol UT® and Vegelight Silk®.
According to another embodiment, composition C1 may comprise volatile and non-volatile oils, notably in a volatile oil/non-volatile oil ratio of greater than or equal to 4.
According to another embodiment, composition C1 contains from 0 to 10% of silicone oils, preferably from 0 to 5% of silicone oils.
Volatile silicone oils that may be mentioned include volatile linear or cyclic silicone oils, notably those with a viscosity of less than or equal to 8 centistokes (cSt) (8 x 1O'6 m2/s), and notably containing from 2 to 10 silicon atoms and in particular from 2 to 7 silicon atoms, these silicones optionally including alkyl or alkoxy groups containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. As volatile silicone oils that may be used in the invention, mention may notably be made of dimethicones with viscosities of 5 and 6 cSt, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, decamethylcyclopentasiloxane, dodecamethylcyclohexasiloxane, heptamethylhexyltrisiloxane, heptamethyloctyltrisiloxane, hexamethyldisiloxane, octamethyltrisiloxane, decamethyltetrasiloxane and dodecamethylpentasiloxane, and mixtures thereof.
As nonvolatile silicone oils, mention may be made of linear or cyclic nonvolatile polydimethylsiloxanes (PDMSs); polydimethylsiloxanes including alkyl, alkoxy and/or phenyl groups, which are pendent or at the end of a silicone chain, these groups containing from 2 to 24 carbon atoms; phenyl silicones, for instance phenyl trimethicones, phenyl dimethicones, phenyltrimethylsiloxydiphenylsiloxanes, diphenyl dimethicones, diphenylmethyldiphenyltrisiloxanes, 2-phenylethyl trimethylsiloxysilicates and pentaphenyl silicone oils.
The hydrocarbon-based oil may be chosen from:
* hydrocarbon-based oils containing from 8 to 14 carbon atoms, and notably:
- branched Cs-Ci4 alkanes, for instance Cs-Ci4 isoalkanes of petroleum origin (also known as isoparaffins), for instance isododecane (also known as 2,2,4,4,6-pentamethylheptane), isodecane and, for example, the oils sold under the trade names Isopar or Permethyl,
- linear alkanes, for instance n-dodecane (C12) and n-tetradecane (C14) sold by Sasol under the respective references Parafol 12-97 and Parafol 14-97, and also mixtures thereof, the undecane-tridecane mixture, the mixtures of n-undecane (C11) and of n-tridecane (C13) obtained in examples 1 and 2 of patent application WO 2008/155059 from the company Cognis, and mixtures thereof, and also mixtures of n-undecane (C11) and of n-tridecane (C13) Cetiol Ultimate® from the company BASF,
* short-chain esters (containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms in total) such as ethyl acetate, methyl acetate, propyl acetate or n-butyl acetate,
* hydrocarbon-based oils of plant origin such as triglycerides consisting of fatty acid esters of glycerol, the fatty acids of which may have various chain lengths ranging from C4 to C24, these chains possibly being linear or branched, and saturated or unsaturated; these oils are notably heptanoic acid or octanoic acid triglycerides, or alternatively wheatgerm oil, sunflower oil, grapeseed oil, sesame seed oil, corn oil, apricot oil, castor oil, shea oil, avocado oil, olive oil, soybean oil, sweet almond oil, palm oil, rapeseed oil, cotton oil, hazelnut oil, macadamia oil, jojoba oil, alfalfa oil, poppy oil, pumpkin oil, marrow oil, blackcurrant oil, evening primrose oil, millet oil, barley oil, quinoa oil, rye oil, safflower oil, candlenut oil, passion flower oil, musk rose oil or coconut oil; shea butter; or else caprylic/capric acid triglycerides, for instance those sold by the company Stearinerie Dubois or those sold under the names Miglyol 810®, 812® and 818® by the company Dynamit Nobel,
* synthetic ethers containing from 10 to 40 carbon atoms,
* linear or branched hydrocarbons of mineral or synthetic origin, such as petroleum jelly, polydecenes, hydrogenated polyisobutene such as Parleam®, squalane and liquid paraffins, and mixtures thereof,
* esters such as the oils of formula R1C(O)-O-R2 in which R1 represents a linear or branched fatty acid residue including from 1 to 40 carbon atoms and R2 represents a, notably branched, hydrocarbon-based chain containing from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, on condition that R1 + R2 is greater than or equal to 10, for instance purcellin oil (cetostearyl octanoate), isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, C12 to C15 alkyl benzoates, hexyl laurate, isodecyl neopentanoate, isostearyl neopentanoate, diisopropyl adipate, isononyl isononanoate, 2- ethylhexyl palmitate, isostearyl isostearate, 2-hexyldecyl laurate, 2-octyldecyl palmitate, 2- octyldodecyl myristate, alcohol or polyalcohol heptanoates, octanoates, decanoates or ricinoleates such as propylene glycol dioctanoate; hydroxylated esters such as isostearyl lactate, diisostearyl malate and 2-octyldodecyl lactate; polyol esters and pentaerythritol esters, more preferentially esters of a linear or branched Cs-C fatty acid and of a linear or branched C12-C18 fatty alcohol alone or as a mixture with alkanes derived from the complete hydrogenation/reduction of fatty acids obtained from Cocos nucifera (coconut) oil, particularly dodecane or mixtures of cocoyl caprylate/caprate with dodecane; mention may be made of those having the INCI name Coconut alkanes (and) cocoyl caprylate/caprate sold under the name Vegelight 1212LC® by Grant Industries,
* fatty alcohols that are liquid at room temperature, with a branched and/or unsaturated carbon-based chain containing from 12 to 26 carbon atoms, for instance octyldodecanol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, 2-hexyldecanol, 2-butyloctanol and 2- undecylpentadecanol;
* carbonate oils which may be chosen from the carbonates of formula R8-O-CO-O-R9, with R8 and R9, which may be identical or different, representing a linear or branched C4 to C12 and preferentially Ce to C10 alkyl chain; the carbonate oils may be dicaprylyl carbonate (or dioctyl carbonate), sold under the name Cetiol CC® by the company BASF, bis(2- ethylhexyl) carbonate, sold under the name Tegosoft DEC® by the company Evonik, dipropylheptyl carbonate (Cetiol 4 All from BASF), dibutyl carbonate, dineopentyl carbonate, dipentyl carbonate, dineoheptyl carbonate, diheptyl carbonate, diisononyl carbonate or dinonyl carbonate, and preferably dioctyl carbonate;
* oils known as volatile or non-volatile ether oils. An ether hydrocarbon-based oil is an oil of formula R1OR2 in which R1 and R2 independently denote a linear, branched or cyclic C4-C24 alkyl group, preferably a C6-C18 alkyl group, and preferably a C8-C12 alkyl group. It may be preferable for R1 and R2 to be identical. Linear alkyl groups that may be mentioned include a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, an undecyl group, a dodecyl group, a tridecyl group, a tetradecyl group, a pentadecyl group, a hexadecyl group, a heptadecyl group, an octadecyl group, a nonadecyl group, an eicosyl group, a behenyl group, a docosyl group, a tricosyl group and a tetracosyl group. Branched alkyl groups that may be mentioned include a 1 -methylpropyl group, a 2-methylpropyl group, a t-butyl group, a 1 ,1 -dimethylpropyl group, a 3-methylhexyl group, a 5-methylhexyl group, an ethylhexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a 5-methyloctyl group, a 1 -ethylhexyl group, a 1-butylpentyl group, a 2-butyloctyl group, an isotridecyl group, a 2-pentylnonyl group, a 2-hexyldecyl group, an isostearyl group, a 2-heptylundecyl group, a 2-octyldodecyl group, a 1 ,3-dimethylbutyl group, a 1-(1-methylethyl)-2-methylpropyl group, a 1 , 1 ,3,3- tetramethylbutyl group, a 3,5,5-trimethylhexyl group, a 1-(2-methylpropyl)-3-methylbutyl group, a 3,7-dimethyloctyl group and a 2-(1 ,3,3-trimethylbutyl)-5,7,7-trimethyloctyl group. Cyclic alkyl groups that may be mentioned include a cyclohexyl group, a 3- methylcyclohexyl group and a 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl group. Advantageously, the ether oil is chosen from dicaprylyl ether, dicapryl ether, dilauryl ether, diisostearyl ether, dioctyl ether, nonyl phenyl ether, dodecyl dimethylbutyl ether, cetyl dimethylbutyl ether, cetyl isobutyl ether, and mixtures thereof. Preferably, it is chosen from dicaprylyl ether, dicapryl ether, dilauryl ether, diisostearyl ether, dioctyl ether, and mixtures thereof. Dicaprylyl ether is most particularly suitable for use.
In addition to the hydrocarbon-based liquid fatty substance, the composition of the invention may comprise a silicone oil. If silicone oil is in the composition of the invention, it is preferably in an amount which does not exceed 10% by weight relative to the weight of the composition, more particularly in an amount of less than 5% and more preferentially less than 2% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
In particular, the composition comprises at least one hydrocarbon-based liquid fatty substance c) chosen from:
- plant oils formed by fatty acid esters of polyols, in particular triglycerides, such as sunflower oil, sesame oil, rapeseed oil, macadamia oil, soybean oil, sweet almond oil, beauty-leaf oil, palm oil, grapeseed oil, corn oil, arara oil, cottonseed oil, apricot oil, avocado oil, jojoba oil, olive oil, coconut oil or cereal germ oil; - linear, branched or cyclic esters containing more than 6 carbon atoms, notably 6 to 30 carbon atoms; and notably isononyl isononanoate; and more particularly esters of formula Rd-C(O)-O-Re in which Rd represents a higher fatty acid residue including from 7 to 19 carbon atoms and Re represents a hydrocarbon-based chain including from 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as palmitates, adipates, myristates and benzoates, notably diisopropyl adipate and isopropyl myristate; more preferentially esters of formula Rd-C(O)-O-Re in which Rd represents a higher fatty acid residue including from 8 to 10 carbon atoms and Re represents a hydrocarbon-based chain including from 12 to 18 carbon atoms;
- hydrocarbons and notably volatile or non-volatile linear, branched and/or cyclic alkanes, such as optionally volatile Cs-Ceo isoparaffins, such as undecane, dodecane, isododecane, tridecane, Parleam (hydrogenated polyisobutene), isohexadecane, cyclohexane, or Isopars, and mixtures thereof; or alkanes resulting from the complete hydrogenation/reduction of mixtures of fatty acids derived from Cocos nucifera (coconut) oil, such as dodecane, the mixture of C9-C12 alkanes, the chains of which comprise from 9 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably linear or branched C9-C12 alkanes, in particular comprising dodecane, or else liquid paraffin, liquid petroleum jelly, or hydrogenated polyisobutylene;
- ethers containing 6 to 30 carbon atoms;
- carbonates containing from 7 to 30 carbon atoms;
- ketones containing 6 to 30 carbon atoms;
- aliphatic fatty monoalcohols containing 6 to 30 carbon atoms, the hydrocarbon-based chain not including any substitution groups, such as oleyl alcohol, decanol, dodecanol, octadecanol, octyldodecanol and linoleyl alcohol;
- polyols containing 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as hexylene glycol; and
- mixtures thereof, such as mixtures of esters of linear or branched Cs-C fatty acid and C12-C18 fatty alcohol and alkanes resulting from the complete hydrogenation/reduction of mixtures of fatty acids from Cocos nucifera (coconut) oil, in particular dodecane, such as mixtures of cococaprylate/caprate and dodecane; mention may be made of those having the INCI name Coconut alkanes (and) coco-caprylate/caprate sold under the name Vegelight 1212LC® by Grant Industries; or mixtures of C9-C12 alkanes, the chains of which comprise from 9 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably linear or branched C9-C12 alkanes, in particular comprising dodecane; mention may be made of the oil mixture having the INCI name C9-12 Alkane, Vegelight Silk® sold by BioSynthls.
Preferably, the composition of the invention comprises at least one hydrocarbon-based liquid fatty substance c) chosen from: plant oils formed by fatty acid esters of polyols, in particular triglycerides,
- esters of formula Rd-C(O)-O-Re in which Rd represents a higher fatty acid residue including from 7 to 19 carbon atoms and Re represents a hydrocarbon-based chain including from 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferentially esters of formula Rd-C(O)-O-Re in which Rd represents a higher fatty acid residue including from 8 to 10 carbon atoms and Re represents a hydrocarbon-based chain including from 12 to 18 carbon atoms;
- volatile or non-volatile, linear or branched Cs-Ceo alkanes, such as isododecane and alkanes resulting from the complete hydrogenation/reduction of mixtures of fatty acids obtained from Cocos nucifera (coconut) oil, in particular dodecane;
- volatile or non-volatile, non-aromatic cyclic C5-C12 alkanes;
- ethers containing 7 to 30 carbon atoms;
- ketones containing 8 to 30 carbon atoms;
- aliphatic fatty monoalcohols containing 12 to 30 carbon atoms, the hydrocarbon-based chain not including any substitution groups; and
- mixtures thereof.
Advantageously, the fatty substance(s) c) of the invention, which are notably liquid, are apolar, i.e. formed solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms.
The hydrocarbon-based liquid fatty substance(s) are preferably chosen from hydrocarbonbased oils containing from 8 to 14 carbon atoms, which are in particular volatile, more particularly the apolar oils described previously.
Preferentially, the fatty substance(s) c) of the invention, which are notably liquid, are chosen from alkanes such as undecane, tridecane, dodecane, decane, isododecane, hydrogenated polyisobutene, fatty alcohols such as octyldodecanol, esters such as isononyl isononanoate, cocoyl caprylate/caprate and mixtures thereof, more preferentially alkanes.
More particularly, the fatty substance(s) c) of the invention, which are notably liquid, are chosen from linear or branched Ce-Cie, preferably C8-C14, more preferentially C9-C13 and even more preferentially C9-C12 alkanes, and even more preferentially the alkanes are volatile. More particularly, the liquid fatty substance(s) iii) of the invention are volatile and are chosen from undecane, decane, dodecane, isododecane, tridecane, tetradecane, and a mixture thereof notably comprising dodecane, isododecane or a mixture of undecane and tridecane.
Preferentially, the liquid fatty substance(s) c) of the invention, which are notably liquid, are isododecane.
According to another advantageous embodiment of the invention, the fatty substance(s) c) of the invention, which are notably liquid, are a mixture of non-volatile oil(s) and volatile oil(s); preferably, the mixture comprises, as volatile oil, undecane, dodecane, isododecane, tridecane or tetradecane, more preferentially isododecane. A mixture of volatile oil and non-volatile oil that may be mentioned is the mixture of isododecane and of isononyl isononanoate or the mixture of isododecane with isononyl isononanoate.
More preferentially, when the fatty substance(s) are a mixture of volatile oil and of nonvolatile oil, the amount of volatile oil is greater than the amount of non-volatile oil.
In particular, in the mixture, the non-volatile oil is a phenyl silicone oil, preferably chosen from pentaphenyl silicone oils.
Advantageously, composition C1 comprises one or more fatty substances, which are notably liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure, preferably one or more oils, in a content ranging from 2% to 99.9% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition, preferably ranging from 5% to 90% by weight, preferably ranging from 10% to 80% by weight, preferably ranging from 20% to 80% by weight.
According to a preferred embodiment of the invention, composition C1 according to the invention comprises c) one or more fatty substances that are notably liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure, and f) one or more organic solvents other than c). d) Organic solvent(s) other than c)
Preferably, composition C1 also comprises one or more organic solvents other than c), which are apolar or polar, preferably polar, and which are protic or aprotic, more particularly protic and/or polar, preferably protic and polar.
Preferably, the organic solvent(s) are water-miscible.
According to the present invention, the term “water-miscible solvent’ is intended to denote a compound that is liquid at room temperature and water-miscible (water miscibility of greater than 50% by weight at 25°C and atmospheric pressure).
The organic solvent(s) that may be used in composition C1 of the invention may also be volatile.
Among the organic solvents that may be used in composition C1 according to the invention, mention may notably be made of polar protic or polar aprotic organic solvents, preferably polar protic organic solvents, particularly lower monoalcohols containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as ethanol and isopropanol, preferably ethanol.
According to one embodiment, composition C1 of the invention comprises one or more organic solvents preferably chosen from monoalcohols containing from 2 to 6 carbon atoms such as ethanol and isopropanol.
Preferably, the composition according to the invention also comprises at least one polar organic solvent other than the fatty substances c), more preferentially a protic solvent. More preferentially, the composition according to the invention also comprises at least one polar organic solvent other than the fatty substances c), chosen from lower monoalcohols containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as ethanol and isopropanol, and even more preferentially ethanol.
Preferably, the amount of organic solvent(s) is less than 70% by weight, more preferentially less than 50% by weight, relative to the total weight of composition C1. According to one embodiment of the invention, composition C1 comprises an amount of organic solvent(s) of greater than 0.5%, more particularly greater than or equal to 1% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition. In particular, composition C1 comprises between 2% and 50% by weight of organic solvent(s).
More preferentially, the content of organic solvent(s) other than the fatty substance(s) c) present in the composition according to the invention is in the range from 1 % to 50% by weight, more preferentially from 1 % to 30% by weight, even more preferentially from 1 % to 20% by weight, better still from 1 % to 10% by weight, even better still from 2% to 10% by weight, or even from 2% to 5% by weight and even better still from 2.5% to 5% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition according to the invention.
Preferably, the content of polar organic solvent(s) other than the fatty substance(s) c) present in the composition according to the invention is in the range from 1 % to 50% by weight, more preferentially from 1 % to 30% by weight, even more preferentially from 1 % to 20% by weight, better still from 1% to 10% by weight, even better from 2% to 10% by weight, or even from 2% to 5% by weight and even better still from 2.5% to 5% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition according to the invention.
Preferably, the content of polar protic organic solvent(s) other than the fatty substance(s) c) present in the composition according to the invention is in the range from 1 % to 50% by weight, more preferentially from 1% to 30% by weight, more preferentially from 1% to 20% by weight, better still from 1% to 10% by weight, even better from 2% to 10% by weight, or even from 2% to 5% by weight and even better still from 2.5% to 5% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition according to the invention.
Preferably, the content of lower monoalcohols containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms present in the composition according to the invention is in the range from 1 % to 50% by weight, more preferentially from 1 % to 30% by weight, even more preferentially from 1 % to 20% by weight, better still from 1 % to 10% by weight, even better still from 2% to 10% by weight, or even from 2% to 5% by weight and even better still from 2.5% to 5% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition according to the invention. Preferably, the ethanol content in the composition according to the invention is in the range from 1 % to 50% by weight, more preferentially from 1% to 30% by weight, even more preferentially from 1 % to 20% by weight, better still from 1 % to 10% by weight, even better still from 2% to 10% by weight, or even from 2% to 5% by weight and even better still from 2.5% to 5% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition according to the invention. e) Water
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, composition C1 also comprises water.
The water that is suitable for use in the invention may be tap water, distilled water, spring water, a floral water such as cornflower water and/or a mineral water such as Vittel water, Lucas water or La Roche Posay water and/or a thermal water.
According to one embodiment, composition C1 of the invention comprises e) water and at least one fatty substance c).
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, composition C1 comprises an amount of water of less than or equal to 10% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition, particularly less than or equal to 2% by weight, preferably less than 1 % by weight, more preferentially less than 0.5% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition. More particularly, the composition of the invention is anhydrous, i.e. it is free of water. f) Surfactants
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, composition C1 also comprises f) one or more surfactants, preferably nonionic or ionic surfactants, or mixtures thereof.
According to another particular embodiment of the invention, composition C1 does not comprise any surfactant.
The term “surfactant’ means a compound which modifies the surface tension between two surfaces. The surfactant(s) d) are amphiphilic molecules, which have two parts of different polarity, one part being lipophilic (which retains fatty substances) which is apolar, the other hydrophilic part (miscible or soluble in water) being polar. The lipophilic part is generally a fatty chain, and the other water-miscible part is polar, and/or protic. The term “ionic” means anionic, cationic, amphoteric or zwitterionic.
The term “fatty chain" means a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbonbased chain comprising more than 6 atoms, preferably between 6 and 30 carbon atoms and preferably from 8 to 24 carbon atoms.
According to a first particular embodiment, the composition of the invention contains f) at least one silicone or non-silicone nonionic surfactant.
Among the nonionic surfactants according to the invention, mention may be made, alone or as mixtures, of fatty alcohols, a-diols and alkylphenols, these three types of compound being polyethoxylated, polypropoxylated and/or polyglycerolated and containing a fatty chain comprising, for example, 8 to 22 carbon atoms, the number of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide groups possibly ranging in particular from 2 to 50 and the number of glycerol groups possibly ranging in particular from 2 to 30. Mention may also be made of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide copolymers, condensates of ethylene oxide and of propylene oxide with fatty alcohols; polyethoxylated fatty amides preferably having from 2 to 30 ethylene oxide units, polyglycerolated fatty amides containing on average 1 to 5, and in particular 1 .5 to 4, glycerol groups, ethoxylated fatty acid esters of sorbitan containing from 2 to 30 ethylene oxide units, fatty acid esters of sucrose, fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol, alkylpolyglycosides, N-alkylglucamine derivatives, amine oxides such as (Cio-Ci4)alkylamine oxides or N- acylaminopropylmorpholine oxides.
The surfactant(s) represent in total particularly from 0.01 % to 30% by weight, preferably from 0.5% to 15% by weight, even more preferentially from 1 % to 10% by weight and better still between 1 % and 5% by weight of the composition, relative to the total weight of the composition.
Form of the composition:
According to one embodiment of the invention, composition C1 comprises an aqueous phase. The composition is notably formulated as aqueous lotions or as water-in-oil or oil-in-water emulsions or as multiple emulsions (oil-in-water-in-oil or water-in-oil-in-water triple emulsions (such emulsions are known and described, for example, by C. Fox in “Cosmetics and Toiletries" - November 1986 - Vol. 101 - pages 101-112)).
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the composition is a direct emulsion, i.e. an emulsion of oil-in-water or O/W type. The weight amount of oil is preferably less than 70% in the inverse emulsion, preferably less than or equal to 40%, more particularly less than or equal to 35% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition. More particularly, in the direct emulsion, the amount of water is greater than or equal to 30% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition, more particularly greater than or equal to 40%, preferentially greater than or equal to 35%.
According to another particular embodiment of the invention, the composition of the invention is an inverse emulsion, i.e. of water-in-oil or W/O type. The weight amount of oil is preferably greater than 30% in the inverse emulsion, preferably greater than 40%, more preferentially greater than or equal to 45% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition. More particularly, in the inverse emulsion, the amount of water is less than 40% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition, preferably less than or equal to 35% by weight.
Composition C1 according to the invention preferably has a pH ranging from 3 to 9, depending on the support chosen.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the pH of the composition(s) is neutral or even slightly acidic. Preferably, the pH of the composition is between 6 and 7. The pH of these compositions may be adjusted to the desired value by means of acidifying or basifying agents usually used in cosmetics, or alternatively using standard buffer systems.
The term “basifying agenf’ or “base" means any agent for increasing the pH of the composition in which it is present. The basifying agent is a Bronsted, Lowry or Lewis base. It may be mineral or organic. Particularly, said agent is chosen from a) aqueous ammonia, b) (bi)carbonate, c) alkanolamines such as monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine and derivatives thereof, d) oxyethylenated and/or oxypropylenated ethylenediamines, e) organic amines, f) mineral or organic hydroxides, g) alkali metal silicates such as sodium metasilicates, h) amino acids, preferably basic amino acids such as arginine, lysine, ornithine, citrulline and histidine, and i) the compounds of formula (F) below:
Figure imgf000072_0001
in which formula (F):
- W is a divalent Ci-Ce alkylene radical optionally substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups or a Ci-Ce alkyl radical, and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms such as O or NRU; Rx, Ry, Rz, Rt and Ru, which may be identical or different, represent a hydrogen atom or a Ci-Ce alkyl, Ci-Ce hydroxyalkyl or Ci-Ce aminoalkyl radical.
Examples of amines of formula (F) that may be mentioned include 1 ,3-diaminopropane, 1 ,3-diamino-2-propanol, spermine and spermidine.
The term “alkanolamine" means an organic amine comprising a primary, secondary or tertiary amine function, and one or more linear or branched Ci-Cs alkyl groups bearing one or more hydroxyl radicals.
Among the mineral or organic hydroxides, mention may be made of those chosen from a) hydroxides of an alkali metal, b) hydroxides of an alkaline-earth metal, for instance sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, c) hydroxides of a transition metal, d) hydroxides of lanthanides or actinides, quaternary ammonium hydroxides and guanidinium hydroxide. The mineral or organic hydroxides a) and b) are preferred.
Mention may be made, among the acidifying agents for the compositions used in the invention, by way of example, of mineral or organic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, orthophosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, carboxylic acids, such as acetic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid or lactic acid, or sulfonic acids.
The basifying agents and the acidifying agents as defined previously preferably represent from 0.001% to 20% by weight relative to the weight of the composition, and more particularly from 0.005% to 8% by weight of the composition.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, composition C1 comprises an amount of water of less than or equal to 10% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition. Even more preferentially, composition C1 comprises an amount of water of less than or equal to 5%, better still less than 2%, even better still less than 0.5%, and is notably free of water. Where appropriate, such small amounts of water may notably be introduced by ingredients of the composition that may contain residual amounts thereof.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the composition does not comprise any water.
Advantageously, composition C1 according to the .invention comprises a physiologically acceptable medium. In particular, the composition is a cosmetic composition.
The term “physiologically acceptable medium” means a medium that is compatible with human keratin materials, for instance the skin, the lips, the nails, the eyelashes, the eyebrows or the hair.
The term “cosmetic composition” means a composition that is compatible with keratin materials, which has a pleasant colour, odour and feel and which does not cause any unacceptable discomfort (stinging or tautness) liable to discourage the consumer from using it.
The term “keratin materials” means the skin (body, face, contour of the eyes, scalp), head hair, the eyelashes, the eyebrows, bodily hair, the nails or the lips.
Composition C1 according to the invention may comprise one or more cosmetic additives chosen from fragrances, preserving agents, fillers, colouring agents, UV-screening agents, oils other than the fatty substances c), moisturizers, vitamins, ceramides, antioxidants, free-radical scavengers, polymers other than a), thickeners or film-forming agents other than b), trace elements, softeners, sequestrants, agents for combating hair loss, anti-dandruff agents, propellants. In particular, composition C1 according to the invention also comprises one or more colouring agents chosen from pigments, direct dyes and mixtures thereof, preferably pigments; more preferentially, the pigment(s) of the invention are chosen from carbon black, iron oxides, notably black iron oxides, and micas coated with iron oxide, triarylmethane pigments, notably blue and violet triarylmethane pigments, such as Blue 1 Lake, azo pigments, notably red azo pigments, such as D&C Red 7, an alkali metal salt of lithol red, such as the calcium salt of lithol red B, even more preferentially red iron oxides.
Advantageously, composition C1 according to the invention is a makeup composition, in particular a lip makeup composition, a mascara, an eyeliner, an eye shadow or a foundation.
According to a particular embodiment of the invention, composition C1 comprises one or more additional solvents, preferably polar and/or protic solvents other than water, in the predominantly fatty medium.
The adjuvants
Composition C1 according to the invention may also comprise one or more fillers, notably in a content ranging from 0.01 % to 30% by weight and preferably ranging from 0.01% to 20% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition. The term “fillers” should be understood as meaning colourless or white, mineral or synthetic particles of any shape, which are insoluble in the medium of the composition, irrespective of the temperature at which the composition is manufactured. These fillers notably serve to modify the rheology or texture of the composition.
Composition C1 according to the invention may be in the form of an anhydrous composition, a water-in-oil emulsion or an oil-in-water emulsion.
The invention is illustrated in greater detail in the examples that follow. The amounts are indicated as weight percentages. Examples
The PHAs illustrated in the various examples were prepared in 3-litre chemostats and/or 5-litre Fernbach flasks depending on whether or not a p-oxidation pathway inhibitor was used. The isolation of the PHAs is similar for all the examples obtained.
In a first step, the microorganism generates the PHAs which are stored in intracellular granules, the proportion of which varies as a function of the applied conditions such as the temperature or the nature of the culture medium. The generation of PHA granules may or may not be associated with the growth of the microorganism as a function of the nature of the microorganisms. During the second step, the biomass containing the PHAs is isolated, i.e. separated from the fermentation medium, and then dried. The PHAs are extracted from the biomass before being purified, if necessary.
A mixture of saturated and unsaturated carbon sources is, for certain examples, necessary for the stability of the PHA obtained.
[Table 2]
Figure imgf000075_0002
[Table 3]
Figure imgf000075_0003
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
The process for synthesizing the compound of Example 1 is adapted from the article: Fed- batch production of unsaturated medium-chain-length polyhydroxyalkanoates with controlled composition by Pseudomonas putida KT2440, Z. Sun, J.A. Ramsay, M. Guay, B.A. Ramsay, Applied Microbiology Biotechnology, 82. 657-662, 2009.
The microorganism used is Pseudomonas putida KT2440 ATCC® 47054™. The culture method is performed under fed-batch growth axenic conditions with a maintenance solution containing a mixture of carbon source at a rate p = 0.15 tr1 in a 3L chemostat containing 2.5 L of culture medium.
The system is aerated with a flow of 0.5 vvm of air for a nominal dissolved oxygen (OD) value at 30% of saturation. The pH is regulated with 15% aqueous ammonia solution. The temperature of the fermentation medium is regulated at 30°C.
Equipment for the fed-batch growth fermentation mode:
The fermentation medium is regulated in terms of temperature-pressure of dissolved oxygen and pH (not shown): see the attached fig. 1.
The production process is performed using three different culture media. The first culture medium, defined CM1 “inoculum”, is used for the preparation of the preculture. The second culture medium, defined CM2 “batch”, is used for unfed batch growth of the microorganism with the primary carbon sources in the Fernbach flasks. The third culture medium, defined CM3 “maintenance”, is used for the fed-batch or maintenance fermentation mode with the carbon sources of interest at a flow rate calibrated as a function of the growth of the microorganism.
[Table 4]
Figure imgf000077_0001
The composition of the Nutrient Broth, as mass percentages, is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone. Reference 233000 DIFCO™.
[Table 5]
Figure imgf000078_0001
100 mL of preculture are prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 mL of the strain with 100 mL of “inoculum” culture medium at a pH adjusted to 6.8 with 2N NaOH in a 250 mL Fernbach flask and are then incubated at 30°C at 150 rpm for 24 hours. 1.9 L of CM2 “batch” culture medium placed in a presterilized 3L chemostat are inoculated at OD = 0.1 with the 100 mL of preculture. After 4 hours at 30°C at 850 rpm.
At the end of the introduction, the biomass is isolated by centrifugation and then washed three times with water. The biomass is dried by lyophilization before being extracted with ethyl acetate for 24 hours. The suspension is clarified by filtration on a GF/A filter (Whatman®). The filtrate, composed of PHA dissolved in the ethyl acetate, is concentrated by evaporation and then dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant mass.
The PHA may optionally be purified by successive dissolution and precipitation from an ethyl acetate/ethanol 70% methanol system, for example. The PHA was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure.
Preparation of Example T: PHA copolymer bearing a side chain R1 representing a 5% unsaturated n-octenyl group and R2 representing an n-hexyl group
Figure imgf000079_0001
The copolymer of Example T (5% unsaturation and R2 chain representing n-hexyl) was prepared according to the procedure described for Example 1, with the same composition of the microelement solution as described in Example 1 and with the following culture medium compositions:
[Table 6]
Figure imgf000079_0002
The PHA copolymer of Example T was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure, with a degree of unsaturation of 5%.
Example 1”: PHA copolymer bearing a side chain R1 representing a linear 10% unsaturated n-octenyl group and R2 representing an n-hexyl group The copolymer of Example 1” (10% unsaturation and R2 chain representing n-hexyl) was prepared according to the procedure described for Example 1, with the same composition of the microelement solution as described in Example 1 and with the following culture medium compositions:
[Table 7]
Figure imgf000080_0001
The PHA was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure.
Example T”: PHA copolymer bearing a side chain R1 representing a linear 30% unsaturated n-octenyl group and R2 representing an n-pentyl group
The copolymer of Example T” (30% unsaturated and R2 chain representing n-pentyl) was prepared according to the procedure described for Example 1 , with the same composition of the microelement solution as described in Example 1 and with the following culture medium compositions: [Table 8]
Figure imgf000081_0002
The PHA copolymer was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Example 1d: PHA copolymer bearing a side chain R1 representing a 2% unsaturated n- octenyl group and R2 representing an n-hexyl group unsaturated carried out in discontinuous culture fed with two sources of carbon in C9 and C11: 1 98/2
Figure imgf000081_0001
The process for obtaining example 1d is adapted from Appl Microbiol Biotechnol 82:657- 662 (2009).
“Fed-batch production of unsaturated medium-chain-length polyhydroxyalkanoates with controlled composition by Pseudomonas putida KT2440” The microorganism used is Pseudomonas putida KT2440 ATCC® 47054™
The culture mode is carried out under axenic conditions in discontinuous growth fed with a maintenance solution containing a mixture of carbon sources at a rate of p=0.15 h-1 in a 3L chemostat containing 2.5L of medium of culture. The flow rate of the maintenance supply pump is proportional to the growth of the microorganism according to formula 1 :
Figure imgf000082_0001
Formula 1 : theoretical equation linking the quantity of biomass and carbon source as a function of time with St= quantity of carbon source required to produce the biomass Xt at time t (g), YX/s= biomass yield from the carbon source, X0=initial biomass (g) and p=desired specific growth rate (h-1)
The system is aerated by an air flow of 0.5 vvm for a dissolved oxygen (DO) setpoint at 30% saturation. The pH is regulated with a 15% of ammonia solution. The temperature of the fermentation medium is regulated at 30°C. The Assembly of the fed batch growth fermentation mode is made according fig. 1.
The fermentation medium is regulated in temperature-dissolved oxygen pressure and pH (not shown on the fig.).
The production process is carried out using three distinct culture media. The first culture medium defined MC1 “inoculum” is used for the preparation of the preculture.
The second culture medium defined MC2 “bach” is used for the non-supplied discontinuous growth of the microorganism with the primary carbonaceous sources in the Fernbachs flasks.
The third culture medium defined (MC3 "maintenance") is used for the discontinuous feeding, or maintenance, of the fermentation with the carbonaceous sources of interest at a rate calibrated according to the growth of the microorganism.
The composition in grams per liter of the three media is described in Table below:
Figure imgf000083_0001
Composition in grams per liter of culture media for preculture and maintenance. The composition of Nutrient Broth in mass percentage is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone. Reference 233000 DIFCO™.
The composition of the solution of microelements in grams per liter is described in Table below:
Figure imgf000083_0002
Figure imgf000084_0001
composition in grams per liter of the solution of microelement
100 mL of preculture are prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 mL of the strain with 100 mL “inoculum” culture media at pH adjusted to 6.8 with 2N NaOH in a 250 mL Fernbach flask then incubating at 30° C at 150 rpm for 24 hours. 1.9L of MC2 “BATCH” culture medium placed in a previously sterilized 3L chemostat are inoculated at OD=0.1 with the 100 mL of preculture. After 4 hours at 30° C. at 850 rpm, the introduction of the maintenance is carried out by applying the flow rate defined by equation 1. At the end of the introduction, the biomass is isolated by centrifugation then washed three times with some water. The biomass is dried by freeze-drying before being extracted with dichloromethane for 24 hours. The suspension is clarified by filtration on a GF/A filter (Wattman®) the filtrate, composed of PHA in solution in dichloromethane, is concentrated by evaporation then dried under high vacuum at 40°C until constant mass. The PHA can optionally be purified by solubilization and successive precipitations such as a dichloromethane methanol system for example.
The PHA was characterized by gas chromatography equipped with an FID detector. It conforms to the expected chemical structure, with an unsaturation rate of 2%.
Example 2: Poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 10% unsaturations 100% grafted with thiolactic acid (compound of Example 1 grafted with thiolactic acid TLA):
Figure imgf000085_0001
1 g of the compound of Example 1 and 150 mg of thiolactic acid were dissolved in 20 mL of ethyl acetate at room temperature with stirring. 20 mg of 2,2-dimethoxy-2- phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651) were added to the mixture. The medium was then irradiated under a 100 W UV lamp at 365 nm (reference) and with stirring for at least 10 minutes.
20 mL of the reaction medium were then precipitated from a 200 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
The grafted PHA of Example 2 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure.
Example 3: Poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 10% unsaturations 100% grafted with octanethiol (compound of Example 1 grafted with n-octanethiol)
Figure imgf000085_0002
0.5 g of the compound of Example 1 and 125 mg of octanethiol were dissolved in 10 mL of ethyl acetate at room temperature with stirring. 15 mg of 2,2-dimethoxy-2- phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651) were added to the mixture. The medium was then irradiated under a 100 W UV lamp at 365 nm (reference) and with stirring for at least 10 minutes. The reaction medium was then precipitated from a 100 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
The grafted PHA of Example 3 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure.
Example 4: Poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 10% unsaturations 75% grafted with 8-mercapto- 1 -octanol (compound of Example 1 grafted with 8- mercapto- 1 -octanol)
Figure imgf000086_0001
50 mg of the compound of Example 1 and 10 mg of 8-mercapto-1-octanol were dissolved in 5 mL of ethyl acetate at room temperature with stirring. 2 mg of 2,2-dimethoxy-2- phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651) were added to the mixture. The medium was then irradiated under a 100 W UV lamp at 365 nm (reference) and with stirring for at least 10 minutes.
The reaction medium was then precipitated from a 50 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
The grafted PHA of Example 4 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 75% or 7.5% of functions in total.
Example 5: Poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 10% unsaturations 32% grafted with cysteamine (compound of Example 1 grafted with cysteamine)
Figure imgf000087_0001
0.5 g of the compound of Example 1 and 54 mg of cysteamine were dissolved in a mixture of 10 mL of dichloromethane and 2 mL of ethanol at room temperature with stirring. 10 mg of 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651) were added to the mixture. The medium was then irradiated under a 100 W UV lamp at 365 nm (reference) and with stirring for at least 10 minutes.
The reaction medium was then precipitated from a 100 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
The grafted PHA of Example 5 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 32% or 3.2% of functions in total.
Figure imgf000087_0002
100 mg of the compound of Example 1 and 26 mg of cyclohexanethiol were dissolved in 5 mL of dichloromethane at room temperature with stirring. 5 mg of 2,2-dimethoxy-2- phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651) were added to the mixture. The medium was then irradiated under a 100 W UV lamp at 365 nm (reference) and with stirring for at least 10 minutes.
The reaction medium was then precipitated from a 50 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
The grafted PHA of Example 6 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 73% or 7.3% of functions in total.
Example 7: Poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 10% unsaturations 66% grafted with 2-furanmethanethiol (FT) (compound of Example 1 grafted with FT)
Figure imgf000088_0001
100 mg of the compound of Example 1 and 26 mg of 2-furanmethanethiol were dissolved in 5 mL of dichloromethane at room temperature with stirring. 5 mg of 2,2-dimethoxy-2- phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651) were added to the mixture. The medium was then irradiated under a 100 W UV lamp at 365 nm (reference) and with stirring for at least 10 minutes.
The reaction medium was then precipitated from a 50 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
The grafted PHA of Example 7 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 66% or 6.6% of functions in total.
Figure imgf000089_0001
100 mg of the compound of Example 1 and 26 mg of 1-thio-p-D-glucose tetraacetate were dissolved in 5 mL of dichloromethane at room temperature with stirring. 5 mg of 2,2- dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651) were added to the mixture. The medium was then irradiated under a 100 W UV lamp at 365 nm (reference) and with stirring for at least 10 minutes.
The reaction medium was then precipitated from a 50 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
The grafted PHA of Example 8 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 70% or 7% of functions in total.
Figure imgf000089_0002
Figure imgf000090_0001
100 mg of the compound of Example 1 and 26 mg of 2-phenylethanethiol were dissolved in 5 mL of dichloromethane at room temperature with stirring. 5 mg of 2,2-dimethoxy-2- phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651) were added to the mixture. The medium was then irradiated under a 100 W UV lamp at 365 nm (reference) and with stirring for at least 10 minutes.
The reaction medium was then precipitated from a 50 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
The grafted PHA of Example 9 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 50% or 5% of functions in total. Example 10: Poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 10% unsaturations 64% grafted with 4-tert-butyl benzyl mercaptan (TBM) (compound of Example 1 grafted with TBM)
Figure imgf000091_0001
100 mg of the compound of Example 1 and 26 mg of 4-tert-butylbenzyl mercaptan were dissolved in 5 mL of dichloromethane at room temperature with stirring. 5 mg of 2,2- dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651) were added to the mixture. The medium was then irradiated under a 100 W UV lamp at 365 nm (reference) and with stirring for at least 10 minutes.
The reaction medium was then precipitated from a 50 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
The grafted PHA of Example 10 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 64% or 6.4% of functions in total.
Figure imgf000091_0002
0.1 g of the compound of Example 1” and 15 mg of thiolactic acid were dissolved in 5 mL of chloroform at room temperature with stirring. 5 mg of 2,2-dimethoxy-2- phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651) were added to the mixture. The medium was then irradiated under a 100 W UV lamp at 365 nm (reference) and with stirring for at least 10 minutes.
The reaction medium was then precipitated from a 50 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
The grafted PHA of Example 11 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 100%.
Example 11’: Functionalization of mcl-PHA with linear side chain R1 representing a n- octylenyl group and R2 n-hexyl unsaturated at 2% of example 1d with thiolactic acid
Figure imgf000092_0001
2 g of compound of example 1d and 180 mg of thiolactic acid were dissolved in 15 mL of ethyl acetate at room temperature with stirring. 5 mg of 2-Hydroxy-2- methylpropiophenone (HMP) was added to the mixture.
The medium was then irradiated under a 100 W UV lamp at 365 nm (reference) and with stirring for at least 10 minutes. The reaction medium thus obtained is poured onto a Teflon plate, then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C., to obtain a homogeneous film. The PHA grafted with thiolactic acid was fully characterized by proton NMR. The proton NMR spectrum shows that the characteristic signals of the unsaturations have completely disappeared.
Figure imgf000092_0002
Figure imgf000093_0001
1 g of the PHA copolymer of Example T and 150 mg of octanethiol were dissolved in 15 mL of ethyl acetate at room temperature with stirring. 20 mg of 2,2-dimethoxy-2- phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651) were added to the mixture. The medium was then irradiated under a 100 W UV lamp at 365 nm (reference) and with stirring for at least 10 minutes.
The reaction medium was then precipitated from a 500 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
The grafted PHA of Example 12 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 100%.
Example 13: Poly(3-hydroxynonanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 5% unsaturations 100% epoxidized
Figure imgf000093_0002
20 g of the PHA copolymer of Example T were dissolved in 80 mL of anhydrous dichloromethane. A suspension of 1.9 g of 77% m-CPBA was prepared with 20 mL of anhydrous dichloromethane and added to the mixture with stirring, at room temperature for at least 120 hours.
The reaction medium was then precipitated from a 500 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
The PHA of Example 13 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Epoxidation to 100%.
Example 14: Poly(3-hydroxynonanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 10% unsaturations 100% epoxidized
Figure imgf000094_0001
10 g of the PHA copolymer of Example 1” were dissolved in 40 mL of anhydrous dichloromethane. A suspension of 1.9 g of 77% m-CPBA was prepared with 10 mL of anhydrous dichloromethane and added to the mixture with stirring, at room temperature for at least 120 hours.
The reaction medium was then precipitated from a 500 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
The PHA of Example 14 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Epoxidation to 100%.
Figure imgf000094_0002
10 g of the PHA copolymer of Example 1”’ were dissolved in 40 mL of anhydrous dichloromethane. A suspension of 6.2 g of 77% m-CPBA was prepared with 10 mL of anhydrous dichloromethane and added to the mixture with stirring, at room temperature for at least 120 hours.
The reaction medium was then precipitated from a 250 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film.
The PHA of Example 15 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Epoxidation to 100%.
Example 16: Poly(3-hydroxynonanoate-co-undecenoate) containing 5% unsaturations 100% grafted with 4-tert-butylbenzyl mercaptan (TBM) (compound of Example 1’ grafted with TBM)
Figure imgf000095_0001
2 g of the PHA copolymer of Example T and 300 mg of 4-tert-butylbenzyl mercaptan were dissolved in 25 mL of ethyl acetate at room temperature with stirring. 25 mg of 2,2- dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651) were added to the mixture. The medium was then irradiated under a 100 W UV lamp at 365 nm (reference) and with stirring for at least 10 minutes.
The reaction medium was then precipitated from a 500 mL mixture of 70/30 v/v ethanol/water. A viscous white precipitate was obtained. This step may be repeated. The product thus obtained was dissolved in a minimum amount of ethyl acetate, poured onto a Teflon plate and then dried under dynamic vacuum at 40°C to obtain a homogeneous film. The PHA of Example 16 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure. Grafting to 100%.
17: Copolymer of PHA bearing a side chain R1 representing an isohexenyl group and R2 representing an isobutyl group
Figure imgf000096_0001
The production process of Example 17 is an adaptation of Applied and Environmental Microbiology, Vol. 60, No. 9. 3245-3254 (1994) “Polyester Biosynthesis Characteristics of Pseudomonas citronellolis Grown on Various Carbon Sources, Including 3-Methyl- Branched Substrate”. Mun Hwan Choi and Sung Chui Yoon. The microorganism used is Pseudomonas citronellolis ATCC® 13674™. The culture method was performed under axenic conditions in unfed batch culture mode in 5L Fernbach flasks (Corning® ref. 431685) containing 2 of culture medium, shaken at 110 rpm at 30°C in an orbital incubator (orbit diameter of 2.5 cm).
The production process is performed using two different culture media. The first culture medium, defined CM1 “inoculum”, is used for the preparation of the preculture. The second culture medium, defined CM2 “batch”, is used for unfed batch culture growth of the microorganism with the carbon source of interest in the Fernbach flasks.
[Table 6]
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000097_0002
The composition of the Nutrient Broth, as mass percentages, is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone. Reference 233000 DIFCO™ BD. The composition of the yeast extract, as a mass percentage, is 100% autolysate of the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae. Reference 210933 DIFCO™ BD.
[Table 7]
Figure imgf000098_0001
100 mL of preculture are prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 mL of the strain with 100 mL of “inoculum” culture medium at a pH adjusted to 6.8 with 2N NaOH in a 250 mL Fernbach flask and then incubated at 30°C at 150 rpm for 24 hours. 1.9 L of CM2 “batch” culture medium placed in a presterilized 5 L Fernbach flask are inoculated at OD = 0.1 with 100 mL of inoculum.
After 70 hours at 30°C at 110 rpm, the biomass is dried by lyophilization before being extracted with dichloromethane for 24 hours. The suspension is clarified by filtration on a GF/A filter (Whatman®). The filtrate, composed of PHA dissolved in dichloromethane, is concentrated by evaporation and then dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant mass.
The PHA may optionally be purified by successive dissolution and precipitation, for instance using a dichloromethane/methanol system.
The PHA copolymer of Example 17 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure, with: 68 mol% of unit (A) for which R1 = isohexenyl and 32 mol% of unit (B) for which R2 = isobutyl.
Example 18: Copolymer of PHA bearing a side chain R1 representing an isohexyl group and R2 representing an isobutyl group c)
Figure imgf000099_0001
Example 18 is obtained by hydrogenation of the PHA copolymer of Example 17 using an H-Cube Midi® continuous hydrogenator from ThalesNano Technologies.
A solution of 2 g (8.83 mmol) of PHA of Example 3 is prepared with a mixture composed of 100 ml of ethyl acetate (Sigma-Aldrich - CAS: 141-78-6) and 100 mL of methanol (Sigma-Aldrich - CAS: 67-56-1) and is introduced at a flow rate of 3 mL per minute into a hydrogenation cartridge containing the catalyst containing 5% palladium on charcoal (MidiCard ref. DHS 2141 ; ThalesNano Technologies) maintained at 100°C under a pressure of 80 bar in the presence of hydrogen in the ThalesNano T echnologies H-Cube Midi® system. The reduction of the double bond is monitored by NMR. After six consecutive cycles of reduction, the solution is concentrated by evaporation and then dried under vacuum to constant mass.
The PHA may optionally be purified by successive dissolution and precipitation, for instance using a dichloromethane/methanol system.
The PHA copolymer of Example 4 was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure, with: 68 mol% of unit (A) for which R1 = isohexyl and 32 mol% of unit (B) for which R2 = isobutyl.
Example 19:
A polymer was prepared using the microorganism Pseudomonas putida KT2440 ATCC® 47054™ and octanoic acid.
The culture method was performed under batch axenic conditions in 5 L Fernbach flasks (Corning® ref. 431685) containing 2 L of culture medium, shaken at 110 rpm at 30°C in an orbital incubator (orbit diameter of 2.5 cm). The synthetic process was performed using two different culture media. The first culture medium, defined CM1 "inoculum", was used for the preparation of the inoculum. The second culture medium, defined CM2 “batch”, was used for unfed batch growth of the microorganism with the octanoic acid in the Fernbach flasks.
The composition in grams per litre of the two media is described in Table 8 below:
[Table 8]
Figure imgf000100_0001
(1) The composition of the Nutrient Broth, as mass percentages, is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone. Reference 233000 DIFCO™.
(2) The composition of the microelement solution in grams per litre is described in Table 9 below:
[Table 9]
Figure imgf000100_0002
100 ml of inoculum were prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 ml of the strain with 100 ml of “inoculum” culture medium at a pH adjusted to 6.8 with 2N NaOH in a 250 mL Fernbach flask and then incubated at 30°C at 150 rpm for 24 hours. 1.9 L of
CM2 “batch” culture medium placed in a presterilized 5 L Fernbach flask were inoculated at OD = 0.1 with 100 mL of inoculum. After 70 hours at 30°C at 110 rev/min, the biomass was dried by lyophilization before being extracted with dichloromethane for 24 h. The suspension was clarified by filtration on a GF/A filter (Whatman®). The filtrate, containing the copolymer in solution in the dichloromethane, was concentrated by evaporation and then dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant weight. The crude polyhydroxyalkanoate was purified by precipitation of a solution of the latter in solution in 10 times its weight of dichloromethane from 10 volumes of the solution of cold methanol. The solid obtained was dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant mass.
The molecular weight of the polyhydroxyalkanoate obtained was characterized by size exclusion chromatography, with detection by refractive index.
■ Eluent: THF
■ Analytical flow rate: 1 mL/min
■ Injection: 100 pL
■ Columns: 1 Agilent PLGel Mixed-D 5 pm column; 300 x 7.5 mm; 1 Agilent PLGel Mixed-C 5 pm column; 300 x 7.5 mm; 1 Agilent Oligopore column; 300 x 7.5 mm
■ at room temperature (25°C)
■ Detection: Waters 2487 Dual I Absorbance Detector, Waters 2414 Refractive Index Detector
■ Integrator: refractive index at 45°C and 64 mV
■ Empower (GC Relative molar mass/conventional module)
■ Empower injection time: 40 min
■ Standards: High mass/EasiVial PS-H 4 mL polystyrene from Agilent Technologies, Part No. PL2010-0200
The analysis makes it possible to measure the weight-average molecular weight (Mw in g/mol), the number-average molecular weight (Mn in g/mol), the polydispersity index PI (Mw/Mn) and the degree of polymerization DPn.
The monomeric composition of the polyhydroxyalkanoate obtained was defined by gas chromatography equipped with a flame ionization detector. The identification is performed by injection of commercial standards and the monomer composition was determined by a methanolysis and silylation treatment. To determine the monomer composition, 7 mg of the polyhydroxyalkanoate polymer were dissolved in 1.5 mL of chloroform and subjected to methanolysis in the presence of 1.5 mL of an MeOH/HCI solution (17/2, v/v) at 100°C for 4 hours. The organic phase was then washed with 1 mL of water and then dried over MgSO4. Silylation of the methyl esters formed was performed by adding 100 pL of BSTFA (N,O- bis(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide) and 100 pL of pyridine to the methylated sample. The solution was heated at 70°C for 1 hour and then evaporated to dryness. The sample is then dissolved in 600 pL of dichloromethane and analysed by chromatography under the following conditions:
■ Hewlett Packard 6890 Series machine
■ ZB-5 HT stationary phase column from Phenomenex (length: 30 m, diameter: 0.25 mm)
■ Temperature: isotherm 60°C to 300°C in 6 min (heating rate: 10°C/min)
■ Gas: Helium; flow rate: 0.8 mL/min
■ Injector: Temperature: 250°C; 50 ml/min
■ Flame ionization detector; Temperature: 300°C
■ Injection: Volume 1 pL
A copolymer containing 91 % by weight of poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate), 6% by weight of poly(3-hydroxyhexanoate) and 3% by weight of poly(3-hydroxybutanoate) was thus obtained.
■ Mn = 68 100 g/mol
■ Mw = 149 100 g/mol
■ Ip = 2.2
■ DPn = 531
Example 20:
A polymer was prepared using the microorganism Pseudomonas putida KT2440 ATCC® 47054™, octanoic acid and acrylic acid.
The culture method was performed under continuous axenic conditions at a dilution D = 0.25 IT1 in a 3 L chemostat containing 1.1 L of culture medium. The system was aerated with air at a flow of 3 vvm (vvm = volume of air per volume of fermentation medium per minute) for a nominal dissolved oxygen (OD) value at 30% of saturation.
The production process was performed using three different culture media. The first undefined culture medium (CM1) was used for the preparation of the inoculum. The second defined culture medium (CM2) was used for the unfed batch growth of the microorganism in the fermenter. The third defined culture medium (CM3) was used for the feeding, or maintenance, of the continuous fermentation containing octanoic acid and acrylic acid (inhibitor of the p-oxidation pathway).
The CM1 and CM2 media are identical to those described in example 1. The composition in grams per litre of the medium CM3 is described in Table 10 below:
[Table 10]
Figure imgf000103_0001
100 ml of inoculum were prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 ml of the strain with 100 ml of Nutrient Broth at a pH adjusted to 7.0 with 2N NaOH in a 250 ml Fernbach flask and were then incubated at 30°C at 150 rev/min for 24 h.
The fermenter containing 1 litre of culture medium CM2 at 30°C was inoculated at an optical density of 0.1 at 630 nm (OD 63O = 0.1). The system was maintained at 30°C with shaking at 700 ± 200 rpm and regulated in cascade with oxygenation for about 16 hours and/or the time for the microorganism to be able to reach its growth plateau.
Feeding of the fermenter with the medium CM3 was initiated when the microorganism reached its growth plateau, and withdrawal was then performed so as to maintain the initial mass of fermentation medium. Once the equilibrium state was reached in continuous culture, a fraction of the withdrawn material was centrifuged in order to separate the biomass from the fermentation medium. The biomass was dried by lyophilization and then extracted with dichloromethane for 24 hours. The suspension obtained was clarified by filtration through a GF/A filter (Whatman®). The filtrate obtained, comprising the copolymer dissolved in dichloromethane, was concentrated by evaporation and then dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant mass. The crude polyhydroxyalkanoate was purified by precipitation of a solution of the latter in solution in 10 times its weight of dichloromethane from 10 volumes of the solution of cold methanol. The solid obtained was dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant weight. A copolymer comprising 96% by weight of poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate), 3% by weight of poly(3-hydroxyhexanoate) and 1 % by weight of poly(3-hydroxybutanoate) was thus obtained.
■ Mn = 67 900 g/mol:
■ Mw = 142 000 g/mol: ■ Ip = 2.1:
■ DPn = 611
Example 21: Copolymer of PHA bearing a side chain R1 representing an n-hexyl group and
R2 representing an n-butyl group
Figure imgf000104_0001
A polymer was prepared using the microorganism Pseudomonas putida KT2440 ATCC® 47054™, nonanoic acid and acrylic acid. The culture method is performed under continuous axenic conditions at a dilution D = 0.25 IT1 in a 3 L chemostat containing 1 .1 L of culture medium. The system is aerated with a flow of 1 vvm of air for a nominal dissolved oxygen (OD) value at 30% of saturation.
The production process is performed using three different culture media. The first culture medium (CM1) is used for the preparation of the inoculum. The second culture medium (CM2) is used for batch growth of the microorganism in the fermenter. The third culture medium (CM3) is used for the feeding, or maintenance, of the continuous fermentation containing the carbon source of interest and the p-oxidation pathway inhibitor (acrylic acid). The composition in grams per litre of the three media CM1 , CM2 and CM3 is described in Table 11 below:
[Table 11]
Figure imgf000105_0001
The composition of the Nutrient Broth, as mass percentages, is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone. Reference 233000 DIFCO™. The composition of the microelement solution in grams per litre is described in Table 12 below.
[Table 12]
Figure imgf000105_0002
Na2MoO4 2H2O 0.15 g
Figure imgf000106_0001
100 mL of inoculum are prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 mL of the strain at OD = 10 with 100 mL of CM1 “inoculum” at a pH preadjusted to 7.0 with 2N NaOH in a 500 mL Fernbach flask and are then incubated at 30°C at 150 rpm for 24 hours.
The 3 L fermenter containing 1 litre of CM2 “batch” culture medium at 30°C is inoculated at an optical density of 0.1 at 600 nm (OD GOO = 0.1). The system is maintained at 30°C with shaking at 700 ± 200 rpm and regulated in cascade with oxygenation for about 16 hours and/or the time for the microorganism to be able to reach its growth plateau.
Feeding of the fermenter with the CM3 “continuous” medium is initiated when the microorganism has reached its growth plateau, and withdrawal is then performed so as to maintain the initial mass of fermentation medium. Once the equilibrium state is reached in continuous culturing, a fraction of the withdrawn material is centrifuged so as to separate the biomass from the fermentation medium. The biomass is dried by lyophilization and is then extracted with dichloromethane for 24 hours. The suspension is clarified by filtration on a GF/A filter (Whatman®). The filtrate, composed of PHA dissolved in dichloromethane, is concentrated by evaporation and then dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant mass.
The molecular weight of the polyhydroxyalkanoate obtained was characterized by size exclusion chromatography, with detection by refractive index.
■ Eluent: THF
■ Analytical flow rate: 1 mL/min
■ Injection: 100 pL
■ Columns: 1 Agilent PLGel Mixed-D 5 pm column; 300 x 7.5 mm; 1 Agilent PLGel Mixed-C 5 pm column; 300 x 7.5 mm; 1 Agilent Oligopore column; 300 x 7.5 mm
■ at room temperature (25°C)
■ Detection: Waters 2487 Dual I Absorbance Detector, Waters 2414 Refractive Index Detector
■ Integrator: refractive index at 45°C and 64 mV
■ Empower (GC Relative molar mass/conventional module)
■ Empower injection time: 40 min
■ Standards: High mass/EasiVial PS-H 4 mL polystyrene from Agilent Technologies, Part No. PL2010-0200
The analysis makes it possible to measure the weight-average molecular weight (Mw in g/mol), the number-average molecular weight (Mn in g/mol), the polydispersity index PI (Mw/Mn) and the degree of polymerization DPn.
The monomeric composition of the polyhydroxyalkanoate obtained was defined by gas chromatography equipped with a flame ionization detector. The identification is performed by injection of commercial standards and the monomer composition was determined by a methanolysis and silylation treatment. To determine the monomer composition, 7 mg of the polyhydroxyalkanoate polymer were dissolved in 1.5 mL of chloroform and subjected to methanolysis in the presence of 1.5 mL of an MeOH/HCI solution (17/2, v/v) at 100°C for 4 hours. The organic phase was then washed with 1 mL of water and then dried over MgSCL. The silylation of the methyl esters formed was carried out by adding 100 pl of BSTFA (N,O- bis(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide) and 100 pl of pyridine to the methylated sample. The solution was heated at 70°C for 1 hour and then evaporated to dryness. The sample is then dissolved in 600 pL of dichloromethane and analysed by chromatography under the following conditions:
■ Hewlett Packard 6890 Series machine
■ ZB-5 HT stationary phase column from Phenomenex (length: 30 m, diameter: 0.25 mm)
■ Temperature: isotherm 60°C to 300°C in 6 min (heating rate: 10°C/min)
■ Gas: Helium; flow rate: 0.8 ml/min
■ Injector: Temperature: 250°C; 50 ml/min
■ Flame ionization detector; Temperature: 300°C
■ Injection: Volume 1 pL
A copolymer comprising 86% by weight of poly(3-hydroxynonanoate), 9% by weight of poly(3-hydroxyheptanoate) and 5% by weight of poly(3-hydroxypentanoate) was thus obtained.
■ Mn = 65 900 g/mol ■ Mw = 143 600 g/mol
■ Ip = 2.2
■ DPn = 531
Example 22:
A polymer was prepared according to the procedure of example 19 using nonanoic acid (instead of octanoic acid) and without acrylic acid.
A copolymer comprising 68% by weight of poly(3-hydroxynonanoate), 27% by weight of poly(3-hydroxyheptanoate) and 5% by weight of poly(3-hydroxypentanoate) was thus obtained.
■ Mn = 55 800 g/mol
■ Mw = 124 500 g/mol
■ Ip = 2.2
■ DPn = 469
Example 23:
A polymer was prepared according to the procedure of example 19 using dodecanoic acid (instead of octanoic acid).
A copolymer comprising 44% by weight of poly(3-hydroxydodecanoate), 38% by weight of poly(3-hydroxydecanoate) and 18% by weight of poly(3-hydroxyoctanoate) was thus obtained.
■ Mn = 67 400 g/mol
■ Mw = 129 800 g/mol
■ lp = 1.9
■ DPn = 484
Example 24 Copolymer of PHA bearing a side chain R1 representing an n-pentyl group and R2 representing an n-propyl group
Figure imgf000108_0001
The production process of Example 24 is an adaptation of the article Biomacromolecules 2012, 13, 2926-2932: “Biosynthesis and Properties of Medium-Chain-Length Polyhydroxyalkanoates with Enriched Content of the Dominant Monomer”
The microorganism used is Pseudomonas putida ATCC® 47054™.
The culture method is performed under continuous axenic conditions at a dilution D = 0.25 IT1 in a 3 L chemostat containing 1.1 L of culture medium.
The system is aerated with a flow of 3 vvm of air for a nominal dissolved oxygen (OD) value at 30% of saturation.
Assembly:
See Figure 2
The production process is performed using three different culture media.
The first undefined culture medium (CM1) is used for the preparation of the inoculum.
The second defined culture medium (CM2) is used for batch growth of the microorganism in the fermenter.
The third defined culture medium (CM3) is used for the feeding, or maintenance, of the continuous fermentation containing the carbon source of interest and the p-oxidation pathway inhibitor.
The composition in grams per litre of the three media is described in Table 13. Composition in grams per litre of the culture media for the inoculum and for maintenance.
[Table 13]
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000110_0002
The composition of the Nutrient Broth, as mass percentages, is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone. Reference 233000 DIFCO™. The composition of the microelement solution in grams per litre is described in Table 14: composition in grams per litre of the microelement solution
[Table 14]
Figure imgf000111_0001
100 mL of inoculum are prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 mL of the strain with 100 mL of Nutrient Broth at a pH adjusted to 7.0 with 2N NaOH in a 250 mL Fernbach flask and are then incubated at 30°C at 150 rpm for 24 hours.
The fermenter containing 1 litre of culture medium CM2 at 30°C was inoculated at an optical density of 0.1 at 630 nm (OD 63O = 0.1). The system is maintained at 30°C with shaking at 700 ± 200 rpm and regulated in cascade with oxygenation for about 16 hours and/or the time for the microorganism to be able to reach its growth plateau.
Feeding of the fermenter with the medium CM3 is initiated when the microorganism has reached its growth plateau, and withdrawal is then performed so as to maintain the initial mass of fermentation medium. Once the equilibrium state is reached in continuous culturing, a fraction of the withdrawn material is centrifuged so as to separate the biomass from the fermentation medium. The biomass is dried by lyophilization and is then extracted with dichloromethane for 24 hours. The suspension is clarified by filtration on a GF/A filter (Whatman®). The filtrate, composed of PHA dissolved in dichloromethane, is concentrated by evaporation and then dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant mass.
The PHA may optionally be purified by successive dissolution and precipitation, for instance using a dichloromethane/methanol system.
The PHA copolymer of Example 23 was fully characterized by spectrometric and spectroscopic methods. By gas chromatography equipped with an FID detector, it is seen that the copolymer contains 96% of radical R1 = n-pentyl and 4% of radical R2 = n- propyl.
Example 25: PH A bearing a side chain R1 representing a linear 5% unsaturated 8-bromo- n-octanoyl group and R2 representing an n-hexyl group
Figure imgf000112_0001
The process for synthesizing the compound of Example 1 is adapted from the article: Fed- batch production of unsaturated medium-chain-length polyhydroxyalkanoates with controlled composition by Pseudomonas putida KT2440, Z. Sun, J.A. Ramsay, M. Guay, B.A. Ramsay, Applied Microbiology Biotechnology, 82. 657-662, 2009.
The microorganism used is Pseudomonas putida KT2440 ATCC® 47054™. The culture method is performed under fed-batch growth axenic conditions with a maintenance solution containing a mixture of carbon source at a rate p = 0.15 IT1 in a 3 L chemostat containing 2.5 L of culture medium.
The system is aerated with a flow of 0.5 vvm of air for a nominal dissolved oxygen (OD) value at 30% of saturation. The pH is regulated with a solution composed of ammonia and glucose at 15% and 40% final mass, respectively. The temperature of the fermentation medium is regulated at 30°C.
Equipment for the fed-batch growth fermentation mode:
The fermentation medium is regulated in terms of temperature-pressure of dissolved oxygen and pH (not shown).
The production process is performed using three different culture media. The first culture medium, defined CM1 “inoculum”, is used for the preparation of the preculture. The second culture medium, defined CM2 “batch”, is used for unfed batch growth of the microorganism with the primary carbon sources in the Fernbach flasks. The third culture medium, defined CM3 “maintenance”, is used for the fed-batch or maintenance fermentation mode with the carbon sources of interest at a flow rate calibrated as a function of the growth of the microorganism.
[Table 15]:
Figure imgf000113_0001
The composition of the Nutrient Broth, as mass percentages, is 37.5% beef extract and 62.5% peptone. Reference 233000 DIFCO™.
[Table 16]:
Figure imgf000114_0001
100 mL of preculture are prepared by suspending a cryotube containing 1 mL of the strain with 100 mL of “inoculum” culture medium at a pH adjusted to 6.8 with 2N NaOH in a 250 mL Fernbach flask and then incubated at 30°C at 150 rpm for 24 hours. 1.9 L of CM2 “batch” culture medium placed in a presterilized 3 L chemostat are inoculated at OD = 0.1 with 100 mL of preculture. After 4 hours at 30°C at 850 rpm, introduction of the maintenance culture medium is performed, applying the flow rate defined by equation 1 .
At the end of the introduction, the biomass is isolated by centrifugation and then washed three times with water. The biomass is dried by lyophilization before being extracted with ethyl acetate for 24 hours. The suspension is clarified by filtration on a GF/A filter (Whatman®). The filtrate, composed of PHA dissolved in the ethyl acetate, is concentrated by evaporation and then dried under high vacuum at 40°C to constant mass.
The PHA may optionally be purified by successive dissolutions and precipitations from an ethyl acetate/70% ethanol/methanol/water system, for example.
The PHA was fully characterized by spectroscopic and spectrometric methods and is in accordance with the expected chemical structure: 95 mol% of unit (B) for which R2 = n- hexyl (71%) and n-butyl (24%) and 5 mol% of unit (A) for which R1 = 8-bromo-n-octanyl (5.9%) and 6-bromo-n-hexyl (0.2%). The compounds of Examples 1 to 25 may be mixed with one or more modified polysaccharides b) as defined previously; in the presence of a liquid fatty substance c) such as isododecane optionally water e). The mixing of the PHA(s) a) with the modified polysaccharide(s) b) may be performed at room temperature, with stirring, in the presence of a liquid fatty substance c) and optionally of organic solvent(s) other than c) and d) as defined previously. According to one variant, water e) is added to the mixture of a), b) and c) and one or more organic solvents other than c) and d) as defined previously are then optionally added.
Examples 26 to 34:
Composition 26 (comparative) and compositions 27 to 34 (invention) described in Tables 17 and 18 below were prepared:
Table 17:
Figure imgf000115_0001
Table 18:
Figure imgf000116_0001
Composition preparation procedure:
The PHA, isododecane and ethanol are stirred at 2500 rpm, at a temperature of 25°C. The modified polysaccharide/associative polymeris introduced and the medium is heated from 25°C to 80°C with stirring at 2500 rpm. The medium is maintained at 80°C for 30 minutes with stirring at 3000 rpm and is then cooled from 80°C to 25°C with stirring at 2500 rpm. Performance evaluations
Wear resistance
Description of the test:
The first step in this test consists in making a deposit. The deposits are prepared on a Byko Chart Lenata contrast card with a film spreader and left to dry for 24 hours at 25°C and 45% RH. The final thickness of the deposit is 30 pm.
A wear resistance test is performed on this dry deposit. A hydrophilic steel ball is used as a friction device. The load or normal force applied is 1 N, and the displacement speed is 50 mm. S’1. On each film are defined tracks on which the friction device makes multiple passes. In the case of wear measurements, permanent contact is maintained during the to and fro trips of the ball on the deposit. The number of passes is increased for each track. The wear resistance is quantified as the minimum number of passes to completely wear out the deposit.
In the case of this study, the number of passes per track are, respectively, 10, 30, 50, 100, 200 and 300 passes.
Each measurement was repeated five times.
The results of the wear resistance tests are quantified as described in the table below:
[Table 19]:
Figure imgf000117_0001
Results:
Figure imgf000118_0001
It is seen from the resistance tests that the substrate which was treated with the compositions of the invention makes it possible to significantly improve the wear resistance relative to the comparative composition free of modified polysaccharide b).
Resistance to water
Description of the test:
On the same 30 pm dry deposit made for the wear test, the sensitivity to stressors is evaluated after depositing a drop of stressor (20 pl for water) on the surface of the deposit. The evaluations are made after 1 hour of contact between the stressor and the deposit. The level of sensitivity to stressors is noted as follows.
It has been noted that the composition of the invention (Ex. 27 to 34) is highly resistant to water since the film remained intact.
In addition, the presence of several modified polysaccharide in the composition has no impact on the water-resistance of the films obtained.

Claims

1. Composition comprising: a) one or more polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) copolymers comprising at least two different repeating polymer units chosen from the units (A) and (B) below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
-[-O-CH(R1)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (A)
-[-O-CH(R2)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (B) in which polymer units (A) and (B):
• R1 represents a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched, non-cyclic hydrocarbon-based chain, or a saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or nonaromatic cyclic hydrocarbon-based chain, comprising from 5 to 28 carbon atoms; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based chain is chosen from i) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkyl, ii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkenyl, iii) linear or branched (Cs- C2s)alkynyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group is linear; said hydrocarbon-based chain being: o optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups chosen from: a) halogen such as chlorine or bromine, b) hydroxyl, c) thiol, d) (di)(Ci- C4)(alkyl)amino, e) (thio)carboxy, f) (thio)carboxamide -C(O)-N(Ra)2 or C(S)-N(Ra)2, g) cyano, h) iso(thio)cyanate, i) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl or furyl, andj) (hetero)cycloalkyl such as anhydride, epoxide or dithiolane, k) cosmetic active agent; I) R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, ) heterocycloalkyl such as sugar, preferably monosaccharide such as glucose, y) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl, 5) cosmetic active agent, m) thiosulfate, and X representing a’) O, S, N(Ra) or Si(Rb)(Rc), b’) S(O)r, or (thio)carbonyl, c’) or combinations of a’) with b’) such as (thio)ester, (thio)amide, (thio)urea or sulfonamide; Ra representing a hydrogen atom, or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group or an aryl(Ci- C4)alkyl group such as benzyl; preferably, Ra represents a hydrogen atom; Rb and Rc, which may be identical or different, represent a (Ci- C4)alkyl or (Ci-C4)alkoxy group, particularly only one substituent; preferably chosen from b) halogen, and j) such as epoxide; and/or o optionally interrupted with one or more a’) heteroatoms such as O, S, N(Ra) and Si(Rb)(Rc), b’) S(O)r, (thio)carbonyl, c’) or combinations of a’) with b’) such as (thio)ester, (thio)amide, (thio)urea or sulfonamide with r being equal to 1 or 2, Ra being as defined previously; preferably, Ra represents a hydrogen atom, Rb and Rc being as defined previously; and
• R2 represents a cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based group comprising from 3 to 30 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1; in particular chosen from linear or branched (C3-C2s)alkyl and linear or branched (C3-C2s)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbon-based group, more particularly (C4-C2o)alkyl or (C4-C2o)alkenyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R1 from which at least one carbon atom is subtracted, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted; and b) one or more modified polysaccharides; and c) optionally one or more fatty substances, which are preferably liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure; and d) optionally, one or more organic solvents other than c); e) optionally water; it being understood that (A) is different from (B).
2. Composition according to Claim 1 , in which the PHA copolymer(s) a) comprise repeating unit chosen from those of formula (I), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
Figure imgf000120_0001
in which formula (I):
• R1 and R2 are as defined in Claim 1 ;
• m and n are integers greater than or equal to 1 ; preferably, the sum n + m is inclusively between 450 and 1400; preferably, m > n when R1 and R2 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group - more preferentially, when R1 and R2 are linear alkyl, then R1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted; and preferably, m < n when R1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl group, an optionally substituted and/or interrupted alkenyl group or an optionally substituted and/or interrupted alkynyl group, and R2 represents an alkyl group.
3. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the PHA copolymer(s) a) comprise three different repeating polymer units (A), (B) and (C), and preferably consist of three different polymer units (A), (B) and (C), below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
-[-O-CH(R1)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (A)
-[-O-CH(R2)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (B)
-[-O-CH(R3)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (C) in which polymer units (A), (B) and (C):
- R1 and R2 are as defined in Claim 1 ;
- R3 represents a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrocarbon-based group comprising from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1 in Claim 1 ; it in particular represents a hydrocarbon-based group chosen from linear or branched (Ci-C2s)alkyl, and linear or branched (C2-C2s)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbon-based group, more particularly (C4-C2o)alkenyl; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms in the radical R1, or else corresponding to the number of carbon atoms in the radical R1 minus at least three carbon atoms, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms in the radical R1 minus four carbon atoms; and it being understood that:
- (A) is different from (B) and (C), (B) is different from (A) and (C), and (C) is different from (A) and (B); and preferably, when R1, R2 and R3 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group, the molar percentage of units (A) is greater than the molar percentage of units (B), and the molar percentage of units (B) is greater than the molar percentage of units (C) - more preferentially, when R1, R2 and R3 are linear alkyl, then R1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted, and R3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted; and preferably, when R1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or 121 optionally interrupted alkynyl group, then the molar percentage of units (A) is less than the molar percentage of units (B) and the molar percentage of units (C) is less than the molar percentage of units (B) in particular if R2 represents an alkyl group and/or R3 represents an alkyl group; more preferentially, the PHA copolymer(s) a) contain the repeating unit of formula (II), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
Figure imgf000122_0001
in which formula (II):
• R1, R2 and R3 are as defined above;
• m, n and p are integers greater than or equal to 1 ; preferably, the sum n + m + p is inclusively between 450 and 1400; preferably, m > n + p when R1, R2 and R3 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group - more preferentially, when R1, R2 and R3 are linear alkyl, then R1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted, and R3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted; and preferably, m < n + p when R1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl group, an optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl group or an optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, and R2 and R3 represent an alkyl group.
4. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the PHA copolymer(s) a) contain four different repeating polymer units (A), (B), (C) and (D), and preferably consist of four different polymer units (A), (B), (C) and (D), below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and also the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
-[-O-CH(R1)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (A)
-[-O-CH(R2)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (B)
-[-O-CH(R3)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (C)
-[-O-CH(R4)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (D) 122 in which polymer units (A), (B), (C) and (D):
- R1, R2 and R3 are as defined in any one of Claims 1 to 3;
- R4 represents a cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated hydrocarbonbased group comprising from 3 to 30 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1 in any one of the preceding claims; it in particular represents a hydrocarbon-based group chosen from linear or branched (C4-C2s)alkyl optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1 as defined previously; and it being understood that:
- (A) is different from (B), (C) and (D), (B) is different from (A), (C) and (D), (C) is different from (A), (B) and (D), and (D) is different from (A), (B) and (C);
- preferably, when R1, R2, R3 and R4 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group, the molar percentage of units (A) is greater than the molar percentage of units (B), greater than the molar percentage of units (C), and greater than the molar percentage of units (D) - more preferentially, when R1, R2, R3 and R4 are linear alkyl, then R1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted, R3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted, and R4 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which six carbon atoms are subtracted; and
- preferably, when R1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, then the molar percentage of units (A) is less than the molar percentage of units (B), the molar percentage of units (C) is less than the molar percentage of units (B), and is less than the molar percentage of units (C), notably if R2 represents an alkyl group and/or R3 represents an alkyl group; and R4 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group; more preferentially, the PHA copolymer(s) comprise the repeating unit of formula (III), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates: 123
Figure imgf000124_0001
in which formula (III):
• R1, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above;
• m, n, p and v are integers greater than or equal to 1 ; preferably, the sum n + m + p + v is inclusively between 450 and 1400; preferably, when R1, R2, R3 and R4 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group, then m > n + p + q - more preferentially, when R1, R2, R3 and R4 are linear alkyl, then R1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted, R3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted, and R4 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which six carbon atoms are subtracted; and preferably, when R1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, and R2 and R3 represent an alkyl group, and R4 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, then n > m + v; more preferentially n + p > m + v.
5. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the PHA copolymer(s) a) contain five different repeating polymer units (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E), and preferably consist of five different polymer units (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E), below, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and also the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
-[-O-CH(R1)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (A)
-[-O-CH(R2)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (B)
-[-O-CH(R3)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (C)
-[-O-CH(R4)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (D)
-[-O-CH(R5)-CH2-C(O)-]- unit (E) in which polymer units (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E):
- R1, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined in any one of the preceding claims; and 124
- R5 represents a cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated hydrocarbonbased group comprising from 3 to 30 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1; it in particular represents a hydrocarbon-based group chosen from linear or branched (C4-C2s)alkyl substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to I) and/or interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group has a carbon number corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R4 from which at least one carbon atom is subtracted, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R4 from which at least two carbon atoms are subtracted, preferably from which two carbon atoms are subtracted; it being understood that:
- (A) is different from (B), (C), (D) and (E); (B) is different from (A), (C), (D) and (E); (C) is different from (A), (B), (D) and (E); (D) is different from (A), (B), (C) and (E); and (E) is different from (A), (B), (C) and (D);
- preferably, when R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group, the molar percentage of units (A) is greater than the molar percentage of units (B), greater than the molar percentage of units (C), greater than the molar percentage of units (D) and greater than the molar percentage of units (E) - more preferentially, when R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are linear alkyl, then R1 is a C5-C13 alkyl group; and R2 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which two carbon atoms are subtracted, R3 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which four carbon atoms are subtracted, R4 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which six carbon atoms are subtracted, and R5 represents a linear alkyl group with a carbon number corresponding to the carbon number of R1 from which eight carbon atoms are subtracted, and
- preferably, when R1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, then the molar percentage of units (A) is less than the molar percentage of units (B) and the molar percentage of units (C) is less than the molar percentage of units (B), in particular if R2 represents an alkyl group and/or R3 represents an alkyl group; and R4 and R5 represent a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl, optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group; 125 more preferentially, the PHA copolymer(s) comprise the repeating unit of formula (IV), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
Figure imgf000126_0001
in which formula (IV):
• R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are as defined above;
• m, n, p, v and z are integers greater than or equal to 1 ; preferably, the sum n + m + p + v + z is inclusively between 450 and 1400;
• preferably, when R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 represent an unsubstituted and uninterrupted alkyl group, then m > n + p + v + z;
• preferably, when R1 represents a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl; optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl; or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, R2 and R3 represent an alkyl group, and the groups R4 and R5 represent a substituted and/or interrupted alkyl; optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkenyl; or optionally substituted and/or optionally interrupted alkynyl group, then n > m + v + z; more preferentially n + p > m + v + z.
6. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, in which R1 represents a linear or branched, preferably linear, (Cs-C28)alkyl hydrocarbon-based chain; more particularly, R1 is an alkyl group substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to k), said alkyl group comprising from 5 to 12, preferably between 6 and 10 carbon atoms, more preferentially between 7 and 9 carbon atoms such as n-octyl; preferably, R1 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain, substituted with one or more (preferably one) groups chosen from b) hydroxyl, c) thiol, d) (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino, preferably amino, e) carboxyl, i) (hetero)cycloalkyl such as anhydride, or epoxide, j) a cosmetic active agent chosen from coloured or uncoloured, fluorescent or non- fluorescent chromophores such as optical brighteners, UV-screening agents, h) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl or furyl, k) R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, ) heterocycloalkyl such as a sugar, preferably a monosaccharide such as glucose, y) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl, 5) a cosmetic active agent as defined previously and X representing a’) O, S, N(Ra), b’) carbonyl, c’) or combinations thereof of a’) with b’) such as ester, amide or urea; Ra represents a 126 hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl or aryl(Ci-C4)alkyl group such as benzyl, preferably Ra represents a hydrogen atom; even more preferentially, the PH A copolymer(s) are such that R1 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain, notably an alkyl group as defined previously, which is substituted with one or more (preferably one) groups chosen from a) halogen such as chlorine or bromine, b) hydroxyl, d) (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino, preferably amino, e) carboxyl, i) (hetero)cycloalkyl such as epoxide, h) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl or furyl, k) R-X with R representing a group chosen from a) cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, P) heterocycloalkyl such as a sugar, preferably a monosaccharide such as glucose, y) (hetero)aryl such as phenyl, and X representing a’) O, S or N(Ra), preferably S; Ra representing a hydrogen atom or a (Ci-C4)alkyl group, preferably Ra represents a hydrogen atom; better still, said hydrocarbon-based chain R1 is substituted at the end of the chain on the opposite side from the carbon atom which bears said radical R1.
7. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, in which R1 has the following formula -(CH2)r-X-(ALK)u-G with X being as defined previously, in particular representing O, S or N(Ra), preferably S, ALK represents a linear or branched, preferably linear, (Ci-C )alkylene and more particularly (Ci-Cs)alkylene chain, r represents an integer inclusively between 6 and 11 , preferably between 7 and 10 such as 8; u is equal to 0 or 1 ; and G represents a hydrogen atom or a group chosen from hydroxyl, carboxyl, (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino, (hetero)aryl in particular aryl such as phenyl, cycloalkyl such as cyclohexyl, or a sugar, in particular a monosaccharide optionally protected with one or more groups such as acyl, preferably Sug represents
Figure imgf000127_0001
with Re representing a group Rf-C(O)-, with Rf representing a (Ci-C4)alkyl group such as methyl; preferably, when u is equal to 0, G represents a cycloalkyl group such as cyclohexyl, or a sugar as defined above; in particular, when u is equal to 1 , G represents a hydrogen atom or a group chosen from hydroxyl, carboxyl, (di)(Ci-C4)(alkyl)amino or (hetero)aryl, more particularly aryl such as phenyl.
8. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the PHA copolymer(s) a) include a radical R2 chosen from linear or branched (C3-C2o)alkyl, and linear or branched (C3-C2o)alkenyl, in particular a linear hydrocarbon-based group; preferably, the hydrocarbon-based group has a carbon number corresponding to the 127 number of carbon atoms of the radical R1 from which at least one carbon atom is subtracted, preferably corresponding to the number of carbon atoms of the radical R1 from which at least two carbon atoms are subtracted.
9. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the PHA copolymer(s) a) comprise a radical R2 chosen from a linear or branched (C4-Ce)alkyl.
10. Composition according to any one of Claims 3 to 9, in which the PHA copolymer(s) are such that, when R1 represents a (Cs-C28)alkyl group,
- the unit (A) is present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 99%, more preferentially from 50% to 99%, more particularly from 60% to 99% and even more preferentially from 70% to 99%;
- the unit (B) is present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 40%, preferably from 2% to 40%; and
- the unit (C) is present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 20% relative to all the units (A), (B) and (C).
11. Composition according to any one of Claims 3 to 9, in which the PHA copolymer(s) a) are such that when R1 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain chosen from i) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkyl, ii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkenyl, iii) linear or branched (Cs-C28)alkynyl, the hydrocarbon-based group is preferably linear, said hydrocarbon-based chain being substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1;
- the unit (A) is present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.1% to 99%, preferentially a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 50%, more preferentially a molar percentage ranging from 1% to 40%, even more preferentially a molar percentage ranging from 2% to 30%, better still a molar percentage ranging from 5% to 20% and even better still a molar percentage ranging from 10 mol% to 30 mol% of units (A); and
- the unit (B) is present in a molar percentage ranging from 1% to 99.5%, preferably from 1% to 90%, more preferentially from 2% to 70%; and
- the unit (C) is present in a molar percentage ranging from 0.5% to 20% relative to all f the units (A), (B) and (C); advantageously, the PHA copolymer(s) of the invention comprise from 2 mol% to 10 mol% of units (B); and from 0.5 mol% to 7 mol% of units (C); more advantageously, the copolymer comprises from 5 mol% to 35 mol% of units (B) and from 0.5 mol% to 7 mol% of units (C). 128
12. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the unit(s) (A) of the PHA copolymer(s) are chosen from the following repeating units (A), and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
Figure imgf000129_0001
in which repeating units A1 to A12:
- ALKi represents a divalent linear or branched C1-C20, preferably linear or branched, more preferentially linear, C1-C10, hydrocarbon-based radical;
- ALK2 represents a divalent linear or branched C1-C20, preferably linear or branched C1- C12, hydrocarbon-based radical;
- Rr and Rw independently denote a hydrogen atom or a C1-C4 alkyl radical such as methyl; preferably, Rr and Rw are identical; - Hal represents a halogen atom such as bromine;
- Ar: represents a (hetero)aryl group such as phenyl; - Cycl’: represents a cycloalkyl group such as cyclohexyl or heterocycloalkyl such as dithiolane, or epoxide, preferably epoxide;
- Fur: represents a furyl group, preferably 2-furyl;
- Sug: represents a sugar group, in particular a monosaccharide optionally protected with one or more groups such as acyl, in particular acetyl; in particular, the stereochemistry of the carbon atoms bearing the radicals R1 is of (R) configuration.
13. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the PHA copolymer(s) a) comprise the following repeating units, and also the optical or geometrical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000130_0002
Figure imgf000131_0002
m and n are as defined in Claim 2, Hal represents a halogen atom such as bromine and t represents an integer between 1 and 10, preferably between 3 and 8 such as 6;
Ar: represents a (hetero)aryl group such as phenyl; Ar’: represents a (Ci-C4)alkyl(hetero)aryl group such as t-butylphenyl, preferably 4-t- butylphenyl;
Cycl: represents a cyclohexyl group;
Fur: represents a furyl group, preferably 2-furyl;
Sug: represents a sugar group, in particular a monosaccharide optionally protected with one or more groups such as acyl; preferably, Sug represents:
Figure imgf000131_0001
representing a group Rf-C(O)-, with Rf representing a (Ci- C^alkyl group such as methyl; more preferentially, the PHA copolymer(s) have the following formula, and also the optical isomers thereof, the organic or mineral acid or base salts thereof, and the solvates thereof such as hydrates:
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000132_0002
132
Figure imgf000133_0001
m, n, Hal, t, Ar, Ar’, Cycl, Fur and Sug are as defined previously for compounds (1) to (14); 133
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000134_0003
Figure imgf000134_0002
Figure imgf000134_0004
134
Figure imgf000135_0001
135
Figure imgf000136_0001
m, n, p, v and z as defined in any one of claims 2 to 5; preferably, the PHA(s) of the invention are chosen from compounds (15), (16) and (17), notably (16); more particularly, the PHA(s) of the invention are chosen from compounds (15’), (16’) and (17’), notably (16’); more preferentially, the PHA(s) a) of the invention are chosen from compounds (25), (26), (31) and (32), in particular (26).
14. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the PHA copolymer(s) a) are in a content ranging from 0.1% to 65% by weight; preferably from 0.1% to 60% by weight, preferentially from 1 % to 50% by weight; more preferentially from 3% to 40% by weight, even more preferentially from 5% to 35% by weight, better from 10% to 30%, and even better from 15% to 20% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
15. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the polysaccharide(s) b) are chosen from cationic, nonionic, anionic or amphoteric, nonionic, preferably nonionic polysaccharides, modified by the presence on said polysaccharide(s) of at least one aliphatic hydrocarbon-based chain, cyclic or non-cyclic, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic, comprising from 6 to 30 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more atoms or groups a) to m) and/or optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or groups a’) to c’) as defined for R1 of (A); particularly modified polysaccharides derived from: i) acacia gum; ii) gum ghatti; iii) gum karaya; iv) gum tragacanth; v) agar; vi) alginates; vii) carrageenans and furcellerans; viii) guar gum; ix) locust bean gum; x) fenugreek gum; xi) tamarind gum xiii) xanthan gum or dehydroxanthan gum; xiv) gellan gum; xv) scleroglucan gum; xvi) cellulose; xvii) starch; xviii) inulin; and xix) pectin; more preferentially the modified polysaccharide(s) b) are chosen from (i) polysaccharide esters such as myristoyl pullulan, (ii) alkylcellulose such as ethylcellulose and 136 propylcellulose, (iii) alkyl guar polymer such as ethylguar, (iv) fatty acid ester of dextrin such as dextrin palmitate, and mixtures thereof.
16. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the polysaccharide(s) b) are chosen from xvi) cellulose or derivatives thereof such as hydroxy(Ci-Cs)alkylcelluloses, xvii) starch and xviii) inulin; said polysaccharides xvi), xvii) and xviii) comprising at least one Cs-Cao fatty chain, such as alkyl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl groups or mixtures thereof where the linear or branched, preferably linear, Cs-Cao alkyl groups and notably the monoesters or polyesters of dextrin and of at least one fatty acid (such as R-C(O)-OH) and notably corresponding to formula (XVIII) below, and also the optical isomers and anomers thereof:
Figure imgf000137_0001
in which formula (XVIII):
- n is an integer greater than or equal to 2, preferably ranging from 3 to 200, notably ranging from 20 to 150, and in particular ranging from 25 to 50,
- Ri, R2 and R3, which may be identical or different, are chosen from hydrogen or an acyl group (R-C(O)-) in which the radical R is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based group containing from 7 to 29, in particular from 7 to 21 , notably from 11 to 19, and more particularly from 13 to 17, or even 15, carbon atoms, it being understood that at least one of the said radicals R1 , R2 or R3 is other than hydrogen; preferably, the dextrin esters are chosen from dextrin palmitates.
17. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the modified polysaccharide(s) b) are present in the composition in an amount of between 0.05% and 20% by weight, preferentially between 0.1% and 15% by weight, more preferentially between 0.2% and 12% by weight, better still between 0.5% and 10% by weight and/or the weight ratio between the total amount of a) PHA (active material) and the total amount of modified polysaccharides b) present in the composition ranges from 0.1 to 200, more preferentially from 0.2 to 100, and more preferentially from 0.5 to 40 such as 4. 137
18. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, which comprises c) one or more fatty substances, which are preferably liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure, particularly chosen from:
■ hydrocarbons, in particular alkanes, oils of animal origin,
■ oils of plant origin,
■ glycerides or fluoro oils of synthetic origin,
■ fatty alcohols,
■ esters of a fatty acid and/or of a fatty alcohol,
■ non-silicone waxes, silicones; and
■ mixtures thereof; in particular, the liquid hydrocarbon-based fatty substance(s) are hydrocarbonbased oils, which are preferably volatile, or are a mixture of different volatile oils; the volatile oil(s) are preferably chosen from linear or branched Cs-Ci4, more preferentially C9-C13 and even more preferentially C9-C12 alkanes, more particularly chosen from undecane, dodecane, tridecane and isododecane; or a mixture of different volatile oils preferably comprising isododecane in the mixture, or a mixture of undecane and tridecane.
19. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, which comprises c) one or more fatty substances, which are preferably liquid at 25°C and at atmospheric pressure, particularly chosen from:
- plant oils formed by fatty acid esters of polyols, in particular triglycerides, such as sunflower oil, sesame oil, rapeseed oil, macadamia oil, soybean oil, sweet almond oil, beauty-leaf oil, palm oil, grapeseed oil, corn oil, arara oil, cottonseed oil, apricot oil, avocado oil, jojoba oil, olive oil or cereal germ oil;
- linear, branched or cyclic esters containing more than 6 carbon atoms, in particular 6 to 30 carbon atoms; and notably isononyl isononanoate; and more particularly esters of formula Rd-C(O)-O-Re in which Rd represents a higher fatty acid residue including from 7 to 19 carbon atoms and Re represents a hydrocarbon-based chain including from 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as palmitates, adipates, myristates and benzoates, notably diisopropyl adipate and isopropyl myristate; more preferentially esters of formula Rd-C(O)-O-Re in which Rd represents a higher fatty acid residue including from 8 to 10 carbon atoms and Re represents a hydrocarbon-based chain including from 12 to 18 carbon atoms;
- hydrocarbons and notably volatile or non-volatile linear, branched and/or cyclic alkanes, such as optionally volatile Cs-Ceo isoparaffins, such as isododecane, Parleam (hydrogenated polyisobutene), isohexadecane, cyclohexane, or Isopars, and mixtures thereof; or alkanes resulting from the complete 138 hydrogenation/reduction of mixtures of fatty acids derived from Cocos nucifera (coconut) oil, such as dodecane; or the mixture of C9-C12 alkanes, the chains of which comprise from 9 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably linear or branched C9-C12 alkanes, in particular comprising dodecane, or else liquid paraffin, liquid petroleum jelly, or hydrogenated polyisobutylene;
- ethers containing 6 to 30 carbon atoms;
- ketones containing 6 to 30 carbon atoms;
- aliphatic fatty monoalcohols containing 6 to 30 carbon atoms, the hydrocarbonbased chain not including any substitution groups, such as oleyl alcohol, decanol, dodecanol, octadecanol, octyldodecanol and linoleyl alcohol;
- polyols containing 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as hexylene glycol; and
- mixtures thereof such as mixtures of esters of linear or branched Cs-C fatty acid and C12-C18 fatty alcohol and alkanes resulting from the complete hydrogenation/reduction of fatty acid mixtures obtained from Cocos nucifera (coconut) oil, in particular dodecane, such as mixtures of cocoyl caprylate/caprate and dodecane; or mixtures of C9-C12 alkanes, the chains of which comprise from 9 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably linear or branched C9-C12 alkanes, in particular comprising dodecane; preferably the hydrocarbon-based liquid fatty substance(s) iii) are chosen from linear or branched Ce-Ci6, preferably C8-C14, more preferentially C9-C13 and even more preferentially C9-C12 alkanes, and even more preferentially the alkanes are volatile and are chosen from undecane, dodecane, isododecane, tridecane, and a mixture thereof notably comprising dodecane, isododecane or a mixture of undecane and tridecane; or else the liquid fatty substance(s) iii) are a mixture of non-volatile oil(s) and volatile oil(s), notably comprising, as volatile oil, isododecane, undecane, dodecane, isododecane and/or tridecane, more preferentially isododecane; as a mixture of volatile and non-volatile oil, mention may be made of the mixture of isododecane and isononyl isononanoate; and more preferentially, when the fatty substance(s) are a mixture of volatile and non-volatile oil, the amount of volatile oil is greater than the amount of non-volatile oil; more preferentially fatty substance(s) c) are chosen from alkanes such as undecane, tridecane, dodecane, decane, isododecane, hydrogenated polyisobutene, fatty alcohols such as octyldodecanol, esters such as isononyl isononanoate, cocoyl caprylate/caprate and mixtures thereof, even more preferentially from alkanes.
20. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, further comprising d) one or more polar organic solvents other than c), preferably protic solvents, more particularly chosen from lower monoalcohols containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms such as ethanol and isopropanol, more preferentially ethanol; preferably, the amount of 139 organic solvent(s) is less than 70% by weight, more preferentially less than 50% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition; more particularly, the composition comprises an amount of organic solvent(s) of greater than 0.5%, even more particularly greater than or equal to 1% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition; better still, the composition comprises between 1% and 50% by weight of organic solvent(s), more particularly between 1% and 10%, better still between 2% and 5%, relative to the total weight of the composition.
21. Composition according to any one of the preceding claims, which also comprises one or more colouring agents chosen from pigments, direct dyes and mixtures thereof, preferably pigments; more preferentially, the pigment(s) are chosen from carbon black, iron oxides, notably black iron oxides, and micas coated with iron oxide, triarylmethane pigments, notably blue and violet triarylmethane pigments, such as Blue 1 Lake, azo pigments, notably red azo pigments, such as D&C Red 7, an alkali metal salt of lithol red, such as the calcium salt of lithol red B, even more preferentially red iron oxides.
22. Process for treating keratin materials, preferably a) keratin fibres, in particular human keratin fibres such as the hair, or ) human skin, in particular the lips, by applying the composition as defined in any one of the preceding claims onto the keratin materials.
23. Cosmetic use of the composition according to any one of Claims 1 to 21.
PCT/EP2022/087640 2021-12-23 2022-12-22 Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a modified polysaccharide WO2023118524A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
FRFR2114371 2021-12-23
FR2114371A FR3131212A1 (en) 2021-12-23 2021-12-23 Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer with an (un)saturated hydrocarbon chain, and a modified polysaccharide

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023118524A1 true WO2023118524A1 (en) 2023-06-29

Family

ID=80787101

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2022/087640 WO2023118524A1 (en) 2021-12-23 2022-12-22 Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a modified polysaccharide

Country Status (2)

Country Link
FR (1) FR3131212A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2023118524A1 (en)

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0708114A1 (en) 1994-10-17 1996-04-24 Aqualon Company Ethyl guar, a method for its preparation and use thereof
FR2843018A1 (en) * 2002-08-02 2004-02-06 Oreal Composition for e.g. lipstick comprises fatty acid ester of dextrin as thickener and gelling agent
WO2008155059A2 (en) 2007-06-19 2008-12-24 Cognis Ip Management Gmbh Hydrocarbon mixtures and use thereof
WO2011069244A1 (en) 2009-12-07 2011-06-16 Queen's University At Kingston Medium chain length polyhydroxyalkanoate polymer and method of making same
FR2954103A1 (en) * 2009-12-18 2011-06-24 Oreal Anhydrous cosmetic composition, useful for care and/or make-up of keratin materials, preferably skin and as foundation, eyeshadow and lipstick, comprises continuous fatty phase, volatile linear alkane and dextrin fatty acid ester
WO2011154508A1 (en) 2010-06-09 2011-12-15 L'oreal Cosmetic composition comprising a polymer and a 4-carboxy-2-pyrrolidinone derivative, cosmetic treatment process and compound
FR2964663A1 (en) 2010-09-14 2012-03-16 Oreal COSMETIC COMPOSITION COMPRISING COLORING MATTER, COLORING MATERIAL, AND COSMETIC TREATMENT PROCESS
US20150274972A1 (en) 2012-10-12 2015-10-01 Alzo International, Inc. Enhanced water and transfer resistant film forming
WO2020128050A1 (en) * 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 L'oreal Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate in an oily medium
US20210113450A1 (en) * 2017-03-30 2021-04-22 Bio-On S.P.A. Cosmetic compositions comprising biodegradable polyesters and oily phases

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0708114A1 (en) 1994-10-17 1996-04-24 Aqualon Company Ethyl guar, a method for its preparation and use thereof
FR2843018A1 (en) * 2002-08-02 2004-02-06 Oreal Composition for e.g. lipstick comprises fatty acid ester of dextrin as thickener and gelling agent
WO2008155059A2 (en) 2007-06-19 2008-12-24 Cognis Ip Management Gmbh Hydrocarbon mixtures and use thereof
WO2011069244A1 (en) 2009-12-07 2011-06-16 Queen's University At Kingston Medium chain length polyhydroxyalkanoate polymer and method of making same
FR2954103A1 (en) * 2009-12-18 2011-06-24 Oreal Anhydrous cosmetic composition, useful for care and/or make-up of keratin materials, preferably skin and as foundation, eyeshadow and lipstick, comprises continuous fatty phase, volatile linear alkane and dextrin fatty acid ester
WO2011154508A1 (en) 2010-06-09 2011-12-15 L'oreal Cosmetic composition comprising a polymer and a 4-carboxy-2-pyrrolidinone derivative, cosmetic treatment process and compound
FR2964663A1 (en) 2010-09-14 2012-03-16 Oreal COSMETIC COMPOSITION COMPRISING COLORING MATTER, COLORING MATERIAL, AND COSMETIC TREATMENT PROCESS
US20150274972A1 (en) 2012-10-12 2015-10-01 Alzo International, Inc. Enhanced water and transfer resistant film forming
US20210113450A1 (en) * 2017-03-30 2021-04-22 Bio-On S.P.A. Cosmetic compositions comprising biodegradable polyesters and oily phases
WO2020128050A1 (en) * 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 L'oreal Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate in an oily medium

Non-Patent Citations (42)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Engineering polyhydroxyalkanoate content and monomer composition in the oleaginous yeast Yarrowia lipolytica by modifying the β-oxidation multifunctional protein", YARROWIA LIPOLYTICA: APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 21, 2011, pages 1327 - 1340
"Influence of nitrogen on growth, biomass composition, production, and properties of polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHAs) by microalgae", INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL MACROMOLECULES, vol. 116, pages 552 - 562
"Ullmann's Encyclopedia", 2005, WILEY-VCH, VERLAG, article "Dyes, General Survey"
APPL MICROBIOL BIOTECHNOL, vol. 82, 2009, pages 657 - 662
BIOMACROMOLECULES, vol. 10, no. 12, 2009, pages 3176 - 3181
BIOMACROMOLECULES, vol. 15, no. 6, 9 June 2014 (2014-06-09), pages 2310 - 9
BIOMACROMOLECULES, vol. 19, 2018, pages 3536 - 3548
BIOMACROMOLECULES, vol. 20, no. 9, 2019, pages 3324 - 3332
BIOMACROMOLECULES, vol. 3, no. 1, 2002, pages 219 - 224
BIOMACROMOLECULES, vol. 4, no. 2, 2003, pages 193 - 195
BIOMACROMOLECULES, vol. 5, no. 4, 2004, pages 1452 - 1456
BIOMACROMOLECULES, vol. 6, no. 2, 2005, pages 891 - 896
BIOMACROMOLECULES, vol. 8, no. 4, 2007, pages 1255 - 1265
BIOMACROMOLECULES, vol. 9, no. 8, 2008, pages 2091 - 2096
C. FOX, COSMETICS AND TOILETRIES, vol. 101, November 1986 (1986-11-01), pages 101 - 112
FEMS MICROBIOLOGY LETTERS, vol. 103, no. 2-4, 1992, pages 207 - 214
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL MACROMOLECULES, vol. 123, 2019, pages 7
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL MACROMOLECULES, vol. 28, 2000, pages 23 - 29
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL MACROMOLECULES, vol. 95, 2017, pages 796 - 808
INTERNATIONAL MICROBIOLOGY, vol. 16, 2013, pages 1 - 15
J. MICROBIOL. BIOTECHNOL., vol. 11, no. 3, 2001, pages 435 - 442
JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE, vol. 103, 2006, pages 1
MACROMOL. RAPID COMMUN., vol. 20, 1999, pages 91 - 94
MACROMOLECULAR BIOSCIENCE, vol. 4, 2004, pages 11
MACROMOLECULAR CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS, vol. 202, no. 11, 2001, pages 2281 - 2286
MACROMOLECULAR CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS, vol. 212, 2010, pages 3
MACROMOLECULES, vol. 23, no. 15, 1990, pages 3705 - 3707
MACROMOLECULES, vol. 35, no. 13, 2002, pages 4946 - 4950
MACROMOLECULES, vol. 37, no. 2, 2004, pages 385 - 389
MUN HWAN CHOISUNG CHUL YOON: "Polyester Biosynthesis Characteristics of Pseudomonas citronellolis Grown on Various Carbon Sources, Including 3-Methyl-Branched Substrate", APPLIED AND ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY, vol. 60, no. 9, 1994, pages 3245 - 3254
POLIMERY, vol. 62, no. 4, 2017, pages 317 - 322
POLYMER, vol. 35, no. 19, 1994, pages 4156 - 4162
POLYMER, vol. 41, no. 5, 2000, pages 1703 - 1709
POLYMER, vol. 43, no. 1, 2002, pages 1095 - 1101
POLYMER, vol. 46, no. 14, 2005, pages 5025 - 5031
REACTIVE AND FUNCTIONAL POLYMERS, vol. 34, no. 1, 1997, pages 65 - 77
REACTIVE AND FUNCTIONAL POLYMERS, vol. 72, no. 2, 2012, pages 160 - 167
REACTIVE AND FUNCTIONAL POLYMERS, vol. 84, 2014, pages 53 - 59
SHEN R. ET AL., SCI. CHINA LIFE SCI., vol. 57, no. 1, 2014
THE JOURNAL OF MICROBIOLOGY, vol. 45, no. 2, 2007, pages 87 - 97
XUN JUAN ET AL.: "Biosynthesis and Properties of Medium-Chain-Length Polyhydroxyalkanoates with Enriched Content of the Dominant Monomer", BIOMACROMOLECULES, vol. 13, 2012, pages 2926 - 2932
Z. SUNJ.A. RAMSAYM. GUAYB.A. RAMSAY: "Fed-batch production of unsaturated medium-chain-length polyhydroxyalkanoates with controlled composition by Pseudomonas putida KT2440", APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 82, 2009, pages 657 - 662

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
FR3131212A1 (en) 2023-06-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020128050A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate in an oily medium
US8663667B2 (en) Refreshing cream foundation in gel form
US20100330022A1 (en) Refreshing cream foundation in gel form
US20230120675A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a(n) (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a surfactant
US20230293421A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer comprising at least two different polymer units bearing a(n) (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain in a fatty medium
FR2940073A1 (en) MAKE-UP COMPOSITION OF KERATINIC MATERIAL COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE NON-CATIONIC OXIDE POLYSACCHARIDE
WO2023118523A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and an oligo/polyester
KR20220163442A (en) Cosmetic compositions comprising grafted polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymers in a fatty medium
WO2023118524A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a modified polysaccharide
WO2023118467A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a(n) (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a crystallizable fatty substance
WO2023118528A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a(n) (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a polysaccharide
WO2023118481A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a(n) (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a mixture of volatile oil and non-volatile oil
WO2023118427A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a(n) (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a clay
WO2023118526A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a hydrocarbon-based polymer
WO2023118530A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a(n) (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a silicone polymer
JP6224316B2 (en) Lip cosmetics
FR3131204A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer with an (un)saturated hydrocarbon chain, and a plasticizer
FR3131208A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer with an (un)saturated hydrocarbon chain, and at least one polyurethane latex
RU2794174C2 (en) Cosmetic composition containing polyhydroxyalkanoate in oil medium
WO2023118230A2 (en) Composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer with a long hydrocarbon-based chain bearing ionic group(s), and method for treating keratin materials using the composition
WO2023118529A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing a(n) (un)saturated hydrocarbon-based chain and a natural resin
WO2023118007A1 (en) Polyhydroxyalkanoate copolymer bearing an acetoacetate group, composition containing same and cosmetic use thereof
JP2004315481A (en) Composition for cosmetics
WO2013001250A2 (en) Cosmetic composition including a functionalised oil and a solvent, and cosmetic treatment method
FR2977154A1 (en) Cosmetic composition, useful e.g. as make up composition e.g. mascara, comprises ureidopyrimidone functionalized wax obtained by reaction between waxes having reactive functional group e.g. hydroxy and linking group, and an amide compound

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22844107

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1